14 CHANNEL COMPUTER SYSTEM

TM
TM

1M23N27907

14 CHANNEL COMPUTER SYSTEM

TM
TMTechnical updates and additional programming examples available at: http://www.futaba-rc.com/faq
Entire Contents © 2012

7$%/(2)&217(176
INTRODUCTION............................................... 4
Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH ......................................... 4
Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ ........... 5
Ɣ'H¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV ...................................... 6
Ɣ6DIHW\3UHFDXWLRQV GRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXWUHDGLQJ ............................................................. 6%()25(86( ................................................... 10Ɣ)HDWXUHVRI6*............................................ 10
Ɣ&RQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV ........... 11
Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV....................................................... 12
Ɣ7UDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV ....................................... 13&DXWLRQVRQKDQGOLQJDQWHQQD ...................... 14/('PRQLWRU ................................................... 14
6ZLWFK 6$6+ ............................................... 15'LJLWDOWULP 77 ....................................... 15
9ROXPH /'5' ............................................ 15
6OLGH/HYHU /656 ....................................... 15+20((;,780(18021%XWWRQ ........ 15
Touch sensor ................................................... 16
6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ............................................. 17
6'FDUG ............................................................ 19&RQQHFWRU3OXJ ............................................... 21,QVWDOODWLRQDQGUHPRYDORIWKHEDWWHU\ ........ 22
Ɣ5HFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH ................................... 24
Ɣ5HFHLYHU VDQWHQQDLQVWDOODWLRQ ...................... 26
Ɣ6DIHW\SUHFDXWLRQVZKHQLQVWDOOLQJVHUYRV ... 27Ɣ6%866%86,QVWDOODWLRQ ............................ 28
Ɣ6%86:LULQJH[DPSOH ................................... 29

Ɣ+RZWRWXUQ212))WKHWUDQVPLWWHU .......... 34:KHQWXUQLQJRQ ............................................ 34:KHQWXUQLQJRII ............................................ 34/RZEDWWHU\DODUPDQGDXWRVKXWGRZQ ...... 34:DUQLQJGLVSOD\DWSRZHURQ ........................ 34
Ɣ5HJLVWUDWLRQRIWKHXVHU VQDPH ..................... 34
Ɣ+RPHVFUHHQ .................................................... 35
8VHU0HQX ....................................................... 36
Ɣ/LQNSURFHGXUH 76*56% ............... 37
Ɣ5DQJHWHVWLQJ\RXU5&V\VWHP...................... 39
5$&(,9(5$1'6(592,167$//$7,21 . 40
Ɣ5HFHLYHUDQGVHUYRVFRQQHFWLRQ ..................... 40
Ɣ6HUYRFRQQHFWLRQE\PRGHOW\SH .................... 41
02'(/%$6,&6(77,1*352&('85( ... 44
Ɣ$LUSODQHJOLGHUEDVLFVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH........ 44
Ɣ+HOLFRSWHUEDVLFVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH ................ 46)81&7,2162)6<67(00(18 ................ 50
7UDLQHU ............................................................. 51'LVSOD\ ............................................................. 54
User Name ....................................................... 55
6RXQG ............................................................... 56+:6HWWLQJ..................................................... 57
6WDUW6(/ ....................................................... 59$XWR/RFN....................................................... 62,QIRUPDWLRQ .................................................... 63
6%866HUYR .................................................... 64

Ɣ6%866\VWHP ................................................ 30
Ɣ6%866%86'HYLFHVHWWLQJ ......................... 31)81&7,2162)/,1.$*(0(18 ............. 67

Ɣ7HOHPHWU\6\VWHP ............................................ 32&RPPRQ)XQFWLRQV/LQNDJH0HQXIXQFWLRQVWDEOH ...................... 67
6HUYR0RQLWRU ................................................. 68
0RGHO6HOHFW .................................................... 69
0RGHO7\SH...................................................... 71%$6,&23(5$7,21 ....................................... 33
Ɣ%DWWHU\&KDUJLQJ ............................................ 33+RZWRFKDUJHWKH1L0+%DWWHU\ ................. 33

2 <Table of Contents>

6\VWHP ............................................................. 73)XQFWLRQ .......................................................... 76
6XE7ULP ......................................................... 78
6HUYR5HYHUVH ................................................. 79)DLO6DIH ........................................................... 80(QG3RLQW ........................................................ 81
6HUYR6SHHG .................................................... 82
7KURWWOH&XW $LU+HOLRQO\ .......................... 83,GOH'RZQ $LURQO\ ...................................... 84
6ZDVK5LQJ +HOLRQO\ .................................. 85
6ZDVK +HOLRQO\H[FHSW+ ........................ 86776HWWLQJ .................................................. 89:DUQLQJ........................................................... 90
7HOHPHWU\......................................................... 91
7HOHPHWU\5[EDWW .......................................... 92
7HOHPHWU\([WYROW ......................................... 93
7HOHPHWU\WHPS............................................... 94
7HOHPHWU\USP ................................................ 95
7HOHPHWU\DOWLWXGH .......................................... 96
7HOHPHWU\YDULR .............................................. 97
7HOHPHWU\EDWWHU\ ........................................... 98
7HOHPHWU\GLVWDQFH ......................................... 99
7HOHPHWU\VSHHG............................................ 101
6HQVRU ............................................................ 102
6HQVRUUHORDG ................................................ 103
6HQVRUUHJLVWHU .............................................. 103
6HQVRUUHORFDWH ............................................. 104
6HQVRUVHWVORW ............................................... 104
Data Reset ..................................................... 105)81&7,2162)02'(/0(18 ............... 106
Ɣ&RPPRQ)XQFWLRQV ...................................... 106
6HUYR0RQLWRU /LQNDJH0HQX&RQGLWLRQ6HOHFW *OLG+HOLRQO\ ................ 107
Dual Rate ...................................................... 109
3URJUDP0L[..................................................111)XHO0L[ $LU+HOLRQO\ .............................. 113
Ɣ$LUSODQH*OLGHU)XQFWLRQV ........................... 115
0RGHO0HQXIXQFWLRQVOLVW ........................... 115

3LWFK&XUYH $LU*OLG ................................. 117
7+5&XUYH $LURQO\ .................................. 118
7+5'HOD\ $LURQO\ ................................... 119$,/'LIIHUHQWLDO ([FHSW$,/ ................. 120)ODS6HWWLQJ )/3DQGXS ........................ 121$,/WR&DPEHU)/3 $,/)/3DQGXS $,/WR%UDNH)/3 *OLGRQO\)/3 ........ 123$,/WR58' ................................................... 124
58'WR$,/ ................................................... 125&DPEHU0L[ ([FHSW$,/ ....................... 127(/(WR&DPEHU ([FHSW$,/ .................. 129&DPEHU)/3WR(/( $,/)/3DQGXS 130%XWWHUÀ\ *OLGRQO\QRUPDOZLQJ$,/DQG
XSÀ\LQJZLQJ$,/)/3DQGXS ...... 131
7ULP0L[ *OLGRQO\$,/DQGXS ........... 133$LUEUDNH $LURQO\$,/DQGXS ............. 135*\UR $LURQO\IRU*<$W\SHJ\UR ............ 137
9WDLO .............................................................. 139$LOHYDWRU ........................................................ 140:LQJOHW )O\LQJZLQJRQO\ .......................... 141
0RWRU ............................................................. 142
58'WR(/( $LURQO\ ................................ 144
6QDS5ROO $LURQO\ ..................................... 145
Ɣ+HOLFRSWHU)XQFWLRQV .................................... 147
0RGHO0HQXIXQFWLRQVOLVW ........................... 147
3,7&XUYH3LWWULP ....................................... 148
7+5&XUYH7KURWWOHKRYHUWULP7KURWWOHOLPLWHU ......................................................... 151
7+5+ROG...................................................... 154
6ZDVK0L[ ..................................................... 155
7+50L[ ....................................................... 156
3,7WR58' 5HYROXWLRQPL[ ..................... 157*\UR IRU*<W\SHJ\UR .............................. 158*RYHUQRU ....................................................... 161$33(1',; ...................................................... 164
7LPHU6767 ............................................. 164
6ZLWFK6HWWLQJ0HWKRG ................................. 166<Table of Contents> 3

INTRODUCTION
Thank you for purchasing a Futaba® FASSTest-2.4GHz* 14SG series digital proportional R/C system. Thissystem is extremely versatile and may be used by beginners and pros alike. In order for you to make the
EHVW XVH RI \RXU V\VWHP DQG WR À\ VDIHO\ SOHDVH UHDG WKLV PDQXDO FDUHIXOO\ ,I \RX KDYH DQ\ GLI¿FXOWLHVZKLOHXVLQJ\RXUV\VWHPSOHDVHFRQVXOWWKHPDQXDORXURQOLQH)UHTXHQWO\$VNHG4XHVWLRQV RQWKHZHESDJHVUHIHUHQFHGEHORZ \RXUKREE\GHDOHURUWKH)XWDED6HUYLFH&HQWHU
*FASSTest: Futaba Advanced Spread Spectrum Technology extend system telemetry'XHWRXQIRUHVHHQFKDQJHVLQSURGXFWLRQSURFHGXUHVWKHLQIRUPDWLRQFRQWDLQHGLQWKLVPDQXDOLVVXEMHFWWR
change without notice.
6XSSRUW DQG 6HUYLFH ,W LV UHFRPPHQGHG WR KDYH \RXU )XWDED HTXLSPHQW VHUYLFHG DQQXDOO\ GXULQJ \RXU
hobby’s “off season” to ensure safe operation.

IN NORTH AMERICA
3OHDVH IHHO IUHH WR FRQWDFW WKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH &HQWHU IRU DVVLVWDQFH LQ RSHUDWLRQ XVH DQG SURJUDPPLQJ3OHDVH EH VXUH WR UHJXODUO\ YLVLW WKH 6* )UHTXHQWO\$VNHG 4XHVWLRQV ZHE VLWH DW ZZZIXWDEDUFFRPIDT 7KLV SDJH LQFOXGHV H[WHQVLYH SURJUDPPLQJ XVH VHW XS DQG VDIHW\ LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ WKH 6* UDGLR
system and is updated regularly. Any technical updates and US manual corrections will be available on this
ZHESDJH,I\RXGRQRW¿QGWKHDQVZHUVWR\RXUTXHVWLRQVWKHUHSOHDVHVHHWKHHQGRIRXU)$4DUHDIRU
information on contacting us via email for the most rapid and convenient response.
'RQ¶WKDYH,QWHUQHWDFFHVV",QWHUQHWDFFHVVLVDYDLODEOHDWQRFKDUJHDWPRVWSXEOLFOLEUDULHVVFKRROVDQG
RWKHUSXEOLFUHVRXUFHV:H¿QGLQWHUQHWVXSSRUWWREHDIDEXORXVUHIHUHQFHIRUPDQ\PRGHOHUVDVLWHPVFDQ
EHSULQWHGDQGVDYHGIRUIXWXUHUHIHUHQFHDQGFDQEHDFFHVVHGDWDQ\KRXURIWKHGD\QLJKWZHHNHQGRUKROLGD\,I\RXGRQRWZLVKWRDFFHVVWKHLQWHUQHWIRULQIRUPDWLRQKRZHYHUGRQ¶WZRUU\2XUVXSSRUWWHDPV
are available Monday through Friday 8-5 Central time to assist you.
FOR SERVICE ONLY:
Futaba Service Center1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH
&KDPSDLJQ,/
Phone: 217-398-0007
www.futaba-rc.com/service.html
Email: service@futaba-rc.com

FOR SUPPORT :(PROGRAMMING AND USER QUESTIONS)3OHDVHVWDUWKHUHIRUDQVZHUVWRPRVWTXHVWLRQVZZZIXWDEDUFFRPIDT
Fax: 217-398-7721
Phone: 217-398-8970 option 2

OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXU)XWDEDLPSRUWHULQ\RXUUHJLRQRIWKHZRUOGWRDVVLVW\RXZLWKDQ\TXHVWLRQVSUREOHPV
or service needs.
3OHDVHUHFRJQL]HWKDWDOOLQIRUPDWLRQLQWKLVPDQXDODQGDOOVXSSRUWDYDLODELOLW\LVEDVHGXSRQWKHV\VWHPV
sold in North America only. Products purchased elsewhere may vary. Always contact your region’s support
center for assistance.

4 <Introduction>

$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ7KLVSURGXFWPD\EHXVHGIRUPRGHODLUSODQHRUVXUIDFH ERDWFDUURERW XVH,WLVQRWLQWHQGHGIRUXVH
in any application other than the control of models for hobby and recreational purposes. The product is
VXEMHFWWRUHJXODWLRQVRIWKH0LQLVWU\RI5DGLR7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQVDQGLVUHVWULFWHGXQGHU-DSDQHVHODZWR
such purposes.
2. Exportation precautions:
D :KHQWKLVSURGXFWLVH[SRUWHGIURPWKHFRXQWU\RIPDQXIDFWXUHLWVXVHLVWREHDSSURYHGE\WKHODZVJRYHUQLQJWKHFRXQWU\RIGHVWLQDWLRQZKLFKJRYHUQGHYLFHVWKDWHPLWUDGLRIUHTXHQFLHV,IWKLVSURGXFWLV
WKHQUHH[SRUWHGWRRWKHUFRXQWULHVLWPD\EHVXEMHFWWRUHVWULFWLRQVRQVXFKH[SRUW3ULRUDSSURYDORIWKH
DSSURSULDWHJRYHUQPHQWDXWKRULWLHVPD\EHUHTXLUHG,I\RXKDYHSXUFKDVHGWKLVSURGXFWIURPDQH[SRUWHURXWVLGH \RXU FRXQWU\ DQG QRW WKH DXWKRUL]HG )XWDED GLVWULEXWRU LQ \RXU FRXQWU\ SOHDVH FRQWDFW WKH VHOOHU
immediately to determine if such export regulations have been met.
E 8VHRIWKLVSURGXFWZLWKRWKHUWKDQPRGHOVPD\EHUHVWULFWHGE\([SRUWDQG7UDGH&RQWURO5HJXODWLRQV
DQGDQDSSOLFDWLRQIRUH[SRUWDSSURYDOPXVWEHVXEPLWWHG7KLVHTXLSPHQWPXVWQRWEHXWLOL]HGWRRSHUDWHHTXLSPHQWRWKHUWKDQUDGLRFRQWUROOHGPRGHOV 0RGLILFDWLRQ DGMXVWPHQW DQG UHSODFHPHQW RI SDUWV )XWDED LV QRW UHVSRQVLEOH IRU XQDXWKRUL]HGPRGLILFDWLRQ DGMXVWPHQW DQG UHSODFHPHQW RI SDUWV RQ WKLV SURGXFW$Q\ VXFK FKDQJHV PD\ YRLG WKH
warranty.
Compliance Information Statement (for U.S.A.)
7KLVGHYLFHWUDGHQDPH)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQRI$PHULFDPRGHOQXPEHU56%FRPSOLHVZLWKSDUWRI
WKH)&&5XOHV2SHUDWLRQLVVXEMHFWWRWKHIROORZLQJWZRFRQGLWLRQV 7KLVGHYLFHPD\QRWFDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHDQG
  7KLV GHYLFH PXVW DFFHSW DQ\ LQWHUIHUHQFH UHFHLYHG LQFOXGLQJ LQWHUIHUHQFH WKDW PD\ FDXVH XQGHVLUHG
operation.
The responsible party of this device compliance is:Futaba Service Center1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH&KDPSDLJQ,/86$
7(/  RU(PDLOVXSSRUW#IXWDEDUFFRP 6XSSRUW
7(/  RU(PDLOVHUYLFH#IXWDEDUFFRP 6HUYLFH 
7KH 5%5& 6($/ RQ WKH QLFNHOFDGPLXP EDWWHU\ FRQWDLQHG LQ )XWDED SURGXFWV LQGLFDWHV WKDWFutaba Corporation of America is voluntarily participating in an industry-wide program to collect
DQGUHF\FOHWKHVHEDWWHULHVDWWKHHQGRIWKHLUXVHIXOOLYHVZKHQWDNHQRXWRIVHUYLFHZLWKLQWKH
8QLWHG 6WDWHV7KH 5%5& SURJUDP SURYLGHV D FRQYHQLHQW DOWHUQDWLYH WR SODFLQJ XVHG QLFNHOFDGPLXPEDWWHULHVLQWRWKHWUDVKRUPXQLFLSDOZDVWHV\VWHPZKLFKLVLOOHJDOLQVRPHDUHDV.
 IRU86$ You may contact your local recycling center for information on where to return the spent battery. Please
FDOO %$77(5< IRU LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ 1L&G EDWWHU\ UHF\FOLQJ LQ \RXU DUHD )XWDED &RUSRUDWLRQ RI
America's involvement in this program is part of its commitment to protecting our environment andconserving natural resources.
5%5&LVDWUDGHPDUNRIWKH5HFKDUJHDEOH%DWWHU\5HF\FOLQJ&RUSRUDWLRQ<Introduction> 5

Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement (for U.S.A.)
7KLVHTXLSPHQWKDVEHHQWHVWHGDQGIRXQGWRFRPSO\ZLWKWKHOLPLWVIRUD&ODVV%GLJLWDOGHYLFHSXUVXDQWto Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmfulinterference in a residential installation.
7KLV HTXLSPHQW JHQHUDWHV XVHV DQG FDQ UDGLDWH UDGLR IUHTXHQF\ HQHUJ\ DQG LI QRW LQVWDOOHG DQG XVHG LQ
DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVPD\FDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHWRUDGLRFRPPXQLFDWLRQV+RZHYHUWKHUH
LV QR JXDUDQWHH WKDW LQWHUIHUHQFH ZLOO QRW RFFXU LQ D SDUWLFXODU LQVWDOODWLRQ ,I WKLV HTXLSPHQW GRHV FDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHWRUDGLRRUWHOHYLVLRQUHFHSWLRQZKLFKFDQEHGHWHUPLQHGE\WXUQLQJWKHHTXLSPHQWRII
DQGRQWKHXVHULVHQFRXUDJHGWRWU\WRFRUUHFWWKHLQWHUIHUHQFHE\RQHRUPRUHRIWKHIROORZLQJPHDVXUHV--Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
,QFUHDVHWKHVHSDUDWLRQEHWZHHQWKHHTXLSPHQWDQGUHFHLYHU
--Consult the dealer or your Futaba Serivce center for help.
CAUTION:To assure continued FCC compliance:$Q\FKDQJHVRUPRGL¿FDWLRQVQRWH[SUHVVO\DSSURYHGE\WKHJUDQWHHRIWKLVGHYLFHFRXOGYRLGWKHXVHU VDXWKRULW\WRRSHUDWHWKHHTXLSPHQW
Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation
7RFRPSO\ZLWK)&&5)H[SRVXUHFRPSOLDQFHUHTXLUHPHQWVDVHSDUDWLRQGLVWDQFHRIDWOHDVWFPPXVWEH
maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons.
7KLVGHYLFHPXVWQRWEHFRORFDWHGRURSHUDWLQJLQFRQMXQFWLRQZLWKDQ\RWKHUDQWHQQDRUWUDQVPLWWHU
Meaning of Special Markings
Pay special attention to safety where indicated by the following marks:
DANGER3URFHGXUHVZKLFKPD\OHDGWRGDQJHURXVFRQGLWLRQVDQGFDXVHGHDWKVHULRXVLQMXU\LIQRW
carried out properly.
WARNING3URFHGXUHVZKLFKPD\OHDGWRDGDQJHURXVFRQGLWLRQRUFDXVHGHDWKRUVHULRXVLQMXU\WR WKH XVHU LI QRW FDUULHG RXW SURSHUO\ RU SURFHGXUHV ZKHUH WKH SUREDELOLW\ RI VXSHU¿FLDO LQMXU\ RU
physical damage is high.
CAUTION  3URFHGXUHV ZKHUH WKH SRVVLELOLW\ RI VHULRXV LQMXU\ WR WKH XVHU LV VPDOO EXW WKHUH LV D
GDQJHURILQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\= Prohibited= Mandatory
Warning: Always keep electrical components away from small children.

FLYING SAFETYWARNING
7RHQVXUHWKHVDIHW\RI\RXUVHOIDQGRWKHUVSOHDVHREVHUYHWKHIROORZLQJSUHFDXWLRQVHave regular maintenance performed. Although your 14SG protects the model memories withQRQYRODWLOH((3520PHPRU\ ZKLFKGRHVQRWUHTXLUHSHULRGLFUHSODFHPHQW DQGQRWDEDWWHU\WKH
transmitter still should have regular checkups for wear and tear. We recommend sending your system
WR WKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH &HQWHU DQQXDOO\ GXULQJ \RXU QRQÀ\LQJVHDVRQ IRU D FRPSOHWH FKHFNXS DQGservice.

6 <Introduction>

NiMH/NiCd Battery
Charge the batteries! 6HH&KDUJLQJWKH1L&GEDWWHULHVIRUGHWDLOV $OZD\VUHFKDUJHWKHWUDQVPLWWHUDQGUHFHLYHUEDWWHULHVEHIRUHHDFKÀ\LQJVHVVLRQ$ORZEDWWHU\ZLOOVRRQGLHSRWHQWLDOO\FDXVLQJORVVRIFRQWURODQGDFUDVK:KHQ\RXEHJLQ\RXUÀ\LQJVHVVLRQUHVHW\RXU76*¶VEXLOWLQWLPHUDQG
during the session pay attention to the duration of usage.
6WRSÀ\LQJORQJEHIRUH\RXUEDWWHULHVEHFRPHORZRQFKDUJH'RQRWUHO\RQ\RXUUDGLR¶VORZ
EDWWHU\ZDUQLQJV\VWHPVLQWHQGHGRQO\DVDSUHFDXWLRQWRWHOO\RXZKHQWRUHFKDUJH$OZD\VFKHFN\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDQGUHFHLYHUEDWWHULHVSULRUWRHDFKÀLJKWWhere to Fly
We recommend that you fly at a recognized model airplane flying field. You can find model clubs
DQG ILHOGV E\ DVNLQJ \RXU QHDUHVW KREE\ GHDOHU RU LQ WKH 86 E\ FRQWDFWLQJ WKH$FDGHP\ RI 0RGHOAeronautics.
<RXFDQDOVRFRQWDFWWKHQDWLRQDO$FDGHP\RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV $0$ ZKLFKKDVPRUHWKDQFKDUWHUHGFOXEVDFURVVWKHFRXQWU\7KURXJKDQ\RQHRIWKHPLQVWUXFWRUWUDLQLQJSURJUDPVDQGLQVXUHG
newcomer training are available. Contact the AMA at the address or toll-free phone number below.
Academy of Model Aeronautics
(DVW0HPRULDO'ULYH
0XQFLH,1
7HOH  
)D[  
or via the Internet at http:\\www.modelaircraft.org$OZD\V SD\ SDUWLFXODU DWWHQWLRQ WR WKH À\LQJ ¿HOG¶V UXOHV as well as the presence and location
RIVSHFWDWRUVWKHZLQGGLUHFWLRQDQGDQ\REVWDFOHVRQWKH¿HOG%HYHU\FDUHIXOÀ\LQJLQDUHDVQHDUSRZHU OLQHV WDOO EXLOGLQJV RU FRPPXQLFDWLRQ IDFLOLWLHV DV WKHUH PD\ EH UDGLR LQWHUIHUHQFH LQ WKHLU
vicinity.

<Introduction> 7

NiMH/NiCd Battery Safety and Handling instructions
IMPORTANT!
Use only the Futaba special charger included with this set or other chargers approved by Futaba tocharge the NiMH batteries in the T14SG transmitter included with this set.
It is important to understand the operating characteristics of NiMH/NiCd batteries.Always read the
VSHFL¿FDWLRQVSULQWHGRQWKHODEHORI\RXU1L0+1L&GEDWWHU\DQGFKDUJHUSULRUWRXVH)DLOXUHWRIROORZWKH SURFHHGLQJ SUHFDXWLRQV FDQ TXLFNO\ UHVXOW LQ VHYHUH SHUPDQHQW GDPDJH WR WKH EDWWHULHV DQG LWVsurroundings and possibly result in a FIRE!
IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS
Do not attempt to disassemble NiMH/NiCd packs or cells.
Do not allow NiMH/NiCd cells to come in contact with moisture or water at any time.
$OZD\VSURYLGHDGHTXDWHYHQWLODWLRQDURXQG1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVGXULQJFKDUJHGLVFKDUJHZKLOHLQ
XVHDQGGXULQJVWRUDJH
Do not leave a NiMH/NiCd battery unattended at any time while being charged or discharged.
'RQRWDWWHPSWWRFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVZLWKDFKDUJHUWKDWLV127GHVLJQHGIRU1L0+1L&G
EDWWHULHVDVSHUPDQHQWGDPDJHWRWKHEDWWHU\DQGFKDUJHUFRXOGUHVXOW$OZD\VFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVLQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQ'RQRWFKDUJHRUGLVFKDUJH1L0+1L&G
EDWWHULHVRQFDUSHWDFOXWWHUHGZRUNEHQFKQHDUSDSHUSODVWLFYLQ\OOHDWKHURUZRRGRULQVLGHDQ5&PRGHORUIXOOVL]HGDXWRPRELOH0RQLWRUWKHFKDUJHDUHDZLWKDVPRNHRU¿UHDODUP
'R QRW FKDUJH 1L0+1L&G EDWWHULHV DW FXUUHQWV JUHDWHU WKDQ WKH ³&´ UDWLQJ RI WKH EDWWHU\ ³&´
HTXDOVWKHUDWHGFDSDFLW\RIWKHEDWWHU\ 
Do not allow NiMH/NiCd cells to overheat at any time! Cells which reach greater than 140 degrees)DKUHQKHLW & VKRXOGEHSODFHGLQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQ
NiMH/NiCd cells will not charge fully when too cold or show full charge.
,WLVQRUPDOIRUWKHEDWWHULHVWREHFRPHZDUPGXULQJFKDUJLQJEXWLIWKHFKDUJHURUEDWWHU\EHFRPHV
excessively hot disconnect the battery from the charger immediately!! Always inspect a battery which
KDVSUHYLRXVO\RYHUKHDWHGIRUSRWHQWLDOGDPDJHDQGGRQRWUHXVHLI\RXVXVSHFWLWKDVEHHQGDPDJHG
in any way.
Do not use a NiMH/NiCd battery if you suspect physical damage has occurred to the pack. Carefully
LQVSHFWWKHEDWWHU\IRUHYHQWKHVPDOOHVWRIGHQWVFUDFNVVSOLWVSXQFWXUHVRUGDPDJHWRWKHZLULQJDQGFRQQHFWRUV'2127DOORZWKHEDWWHU\¶VLQWHUQDOHOHFWURO\WHWRJHWLQWRH\HVRURQVNLQ²ZDVKDIIHFWHGDUHDVLPPHGLDWHO\LIWKH\FRPHLQFRQWDFWZLWKWKHHOHFWURO\WH,ILQGRXEWSODFHWKHEDWWHU\
LQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQIRUDWOHDVWPLQXWHV'RQRWVWRUHEDWWHULHVQHDUDQRSHQÀDPHRUKHDWHU
Do not discharge NiMH/NiCd batteries at currents which exceed the discharge current rating of thebattery.
Always store NiMH/NiCd cells/packs in a secure location away from children.
Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card Handling Instructions
6'FDUGLVQRWLQFOXGHGZLWKWKLVVHW
Never remove the SD card or turn off power
while entering data.
Never store the SD card where it may be
VXEMHFW WR VWURQJ VWDWLF HOHFWULFLW\ RU PDJQHWLF
¿HOGV
'R QRW H[SRVH WKH 6' FDUG WR GLUHFW VXQOLJKW
excessive humidity or corrosive environments.

8 <Introduction>'R QRW H[SRVH WKH 6' FDUG WR GLUW PRLVWXUHZDWHURUÀXLGVRIDQ\NLQG
Always hold the SD card by the edges during
installation and removal.
%H FHUWDLQ WR LQVHUW WKH 6' FDUG LQ WKH FRUUHFW
direction.

$WWKHÀ\LQJ¿HOG
7R SUHYHQW SRVVLEOH GDPDJH WR \RXU UDGLR JHDU WXUQ WKH SRZHU VZLWFKHV RQ DQG RII LQ WKH SURSHUVHTXHQFH
3XOOWKURWWOHVWLFNWRLGOHSRVLWLRQRURWKHUZLVHGLVDUP\RXUPRWRUHQJLQH
2. Turn on the transmitter power and allow your transmitter to reach its home screen.
&RQ¿UPWKHSURSHUPRGHOPHPRU\KDVEHHQVHOHFWHG
4. Turn on your receiver power.
7HVWDOOFRQWUROV,IDVHUYRRSHUDWHVDEQRUPDOO\GRQ¶WDWWHPSWWRÀ\XQWLO\RXGHWHUPLQHWKHFDXVHRI
the problem.
 7HVWWRHQVXUHWKDWWKH)DLO6DIHVHWWLQJVDUHFRUUHFWDIWHUDGMXVWLQJWKHP7XUQWKHWUDQVPLWWHURIIDQG
FRQ¿UPWKHSURSHUVXUIDFHWKURWWOHPRYHPHQWV7XUQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUEDFNRQ
6WDUW\RXUHQJLQH
7. Complete a full range check.
$IWHU À\LQJ EULQJ \RXU WKURWWOH VWLFN WR LGOH SRVLWLRQ HQJDJH DQ\ NLOO VZLWFKHV RU RWKHUZLVH GLVDUP
your motor/engine.
9. Turn off receiver power.
10. Turn off transmitter power.
,I \RX GR QRW WXUQ RQ \RXU V\VWHP LQ WKLV RUGHU \RX PD\ GDPDJH \RXU VHUYRV RU FRQWURO VXUIDFHVIORRG \RXU HQJLQH RU LQ WKH FDVH RI HOHFWULFSRZHUHG RU JDVROLQHSRZHUHG PRGHOV WKH HQJLQH PD\
XQH[SHFWHGO\WXUQRQDQGFDXVHDVHYHUHLQMXU\:KLOH\RXDUHJHWWLQJUHDG\WRÀ\LI\RXSODFH\RXUWUDQVPLWWHURQWKHJURXQGEHVXUHWKDWWKH
ZLQGZRQ WWLSLWRYHU,ILWLVNQRFNHGRYHUWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNPD\EHDFFLGHQWDOO\PRYHGFDXVLQJ
WKHHQJLQHWRVSHHGXS$OVRGDPDJHWR\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\RFFXU
In order to maintain complete control of your aircraft it is important that it remains visible at all
times)O\LQJEHKLQGODUJHREMHFWVVXFKDVEXLOGLQJVJUDLQELQVHWFLVQRWVXJJHVWHG'RLQJVRPD\UHVXOWLQWKHUHGXFWLRQRIWKHTXDOLW\RIWKHUDGLRIUHTXHQF\OLQNWRWKHPRGHO'R QRW JUDVS WKH WUDQVPLWWHU V DQWHQQD GXULQJ ÀLJKW 'RLQJ VR PD\ GHJUDGH WKH TXDOLW\ RI WKHUDGLRIUHTXHQF\WUDQVPLVVLRQ$VZLWKDOOUDGLRIUHTXHQF\WUDQVPLVVLRQVWKHVWURQJHVWDUHDRIVLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQLVIURPWKHVLGHVRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU VDQWHQQD$VVXFKWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGQRWEHSRLQWHGGLUHFWO\DWWKHPRGHO,I\RXU
À\LQJVW\OHFUHDWHVWKLVVLWXDWLRQHDVLO\PRYHWKHDQWHQQDWRFRUUHFWWKLVVLWXDWLRQ'RQ¶W IO\ LQ WKH UDLQ Water or moisture may enter the transmitter through the antenna or stick
openings and cause erratic operation or loss of control. If you must fly in wet weather during a
FRQWHVW EH VXUH WR FRYHU \RXU WUDQVPLWWHU ZLWK D SODVWLF EDJ RU ZDWHUSURRI EDUULHU 1HYHU IO\ LI
lightning is expected.

<Introduction> 9

BEFORE USE
Features
FASSTest system
The T14SG transmitter has adopted the newly developed bidirectional communication system"FASSTest".Data from the receiver can be checked in your transmitter. FASSTest is a maximum 14
channels (linear 12 channels + switch 2 channels) 2.4GHz dedicated system.
S.BUS2 system
By using the S.BUS2 system multiple servos, gyros and telemetry sensors are easily installed with aminimum amount of cables.
Model types
Six swash types are available for helicopters. Six types of main wings and three types of tail wings areavailable for airplanes and gliders. Functions and mixing functions necessary for each model type are set inadvance at the factory.
Data input
Large graphic LCD and new type Touch Sensor substantially improve ease of setup.
Stick
Improved feel, adjustable length and tension.
Ni-MH battery
T14SG is operated by a 6.0 V/1,800 mAh Nickel-Metal Hydride battery.
SD card (Secure Digital memory card) (Not included)
Model data can be saved to an SD card (SD:32MB-2GB SDHC:4GB-32GB). When T14SG transmitter
VRIWZDUH¿OHVDUHUHOHDVHGWKHVRIWZDUHFDQEHXSGDWHGE\XVLQJDQ6'FDUGXSGDWH
Edit button
Two edit buttons are provided, and the operating screen can be immediately “Returned” to the HOME
screen during operation. Setting operation can be performed easily by combining this button with a touch
sensor.
Vibration function
Selects a function that alerts the operator to various alarms and timers by vibrating the transmitter in
addition to sounding a buzzer.

10 <Before Use>

&RQWHQWVDQG7HFKQLFDO6SHFL¿FDWLRQV
6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH

Your 14SG includes the following components:
76*WUDQVPLWWHUIRUDLUSODQHVRUKHOLFRSWHUV
56%5HFHLYHU
+7)%1L0+EDWWHU\ &KDUJHU
/L)HVSDFHUIRURSWLRQDO)7)%)7)%/L)HEDWWHU\SDFN6ZLWFKKDUQHVV1HFNVWUDS*The set contents depend on the type of set.

Transmitter T14SG(2-stick, 14-channel, FASSTest-2.4G system)
Transmitting frequency: 2.4GHz band
6\VWHP)$667HVW&+)$667HVW&+)$66708/7)$667&+6)+66VZLWFKDEOH
3RZHUVXSSO\9+7)%1L0+EDWWHU\

Receiver R7008SB(FASSTest-2.4G system, dual antenna diversity, S.BUS system)
3RZHUUHTXLUHPHQW9a9EDWWHU\RUUHJXODWHGRXWSXWIURP(6&HWF 
6L]H[[LQ [[PP
Weight: 0.38 oz. (10.9g)(*1) When using ESC's make sure that the regulated output capacity meets your usage application.

Note: The battery in the T14SG transmitter is not connected to the battery
connector at initial. Please connect the battery connector before use.

<Before Use> 11

The following additional accessories are available from your dealer. Refer to a Futaba catalog
for more information:
+7)%7UDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\SDFNWKH P$K WUDQVPLWWHU1L0+EDWWHU\SDFNPD\EH
HDVLO\H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV)7)%)7)%7UDQVPLWWHU/L)HEDWWHU\SDFNFDQDOVREHXVHGE\XVLQJDQH[FOXVLYH
spacer. However, charge with the charger only for LiFe.
7UDLQHUFRUGWKHRSWLRQDOWUDLQLQJFRUGPD\EHXVHGWRKHOSDEHJLQQLQJSLORWOHDUQWRÀ\HDVLO\by placing the instructor on a separate transmitter. Note that the T14SG transmitter may beconnected to another T14SG system, as well as to any other models of Futaba transmitters. The
T14SG transmitter uses one of the three cord plug types according to the transmitter connected.
(Refer to the description at the TRAINER function instructions). The part number of this cord is:)870
6HUYRVWKHUHDUHYDULRXVNLQGVRIVHUYRV3OHDVHFKRRVHIURPWKHVHUYRVRI)XWDEDZKDWVXLWHG
the model and the purpose of using you. If you utilize a S.BUS system, you should choose a S.BUS
servo. An analog servo cannot be used if "FASSTest12CH mode" is used.
 7HOHPHWU\ VHQVRU  SOHDVH SXUFKDVH DQ RSWLRQDO VHQVRU LQ RUGHU WR XWLOL]H ELGLUHFWLRQDO
communication system and to acquire the information from a model high up in the sky.
[Temperature sensor : SBS-01T] [Altitude sensor : SBS-01A] [RPM sensor magnet type : SBS01RM][RPM sensor optical type : SBS-01RO] [GPS sensor : SBS-01G] [Voltage sensor : SBS01V]1HFNVWUDSDQHFNVWUDSPD\EHFRQQHFWHGWR\RXU76*V\VWHPWRPDNHLWHDVLHUWRKDQGOHDQG
LPSURYH\RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VZHLJKW<KDUQHVVHVVHUYRH[WHQVLRQVKXEHWF*HQXLQH)XWDEDH[WHQVLRQVDQG<KDUQHVVHVLQFOXGLQJ
a heavy-duty version with heavier wire, are available to aid in your larger model and otherinstallations.
*\URVDYDULHW\RIJHQXLQH)XWDEDJ\URVLVDYDLODEOHIRU\RXUDLUFUDIWRUKHOLFRSWHUQHHGV*RYHUQRUIRUKHOLFRSWHUXVH$XWRPDWLFDOO\DGMXVWVWKURWWOHVHUYRSRVLWLRQWRPDLQWDLQDFRQVWDQW
head speed regardless of blade pitch, load, weather, etc.
 5HFHLYHUV  YDULRXV PRGHOV RI )XWDED UHFHLYHUV PD\ EH SXUFKDVHG IRU XVH LQ RWKHU PRGHOV
(Receivers for FASSTest and FASST,S-FHSS types are available.)2SWLRQDO&KDUJHU)XWDED&51L0+1L&G7UDQVPLWWHU5HFHLYHU%DWWHU\&KDUJHU

12 <Before Use>

Transmitter controls●Antenna●Monitor LED●Volume(LD,RD)●Switch(SC,SD,SG,SH)●Switch(SA,SB,SE,SF)●Slide Lever(LS)●Slide Lever(RS)●Stick●Stick
(J2)

(J3)
(J4)

(J1)

●HOME/EXIT
Button●U.MENU/MON.
(User Menu/
Servo Monitor）
ࠉButton●Digital Trim
(T1,T2)●Digital Trim
(T3,T4)●SensorTouchTM(SYS,LNK,MDL,RTN,S1)●Neck Strap Attachment●Power Switch＊It slides upwards and turns on.

●LCD●Battery Cover<Before Use> 13

Transmitter's Antenna:
As with all radio frequency transmissions,the strongest area of signal transmission is fromthe sides of the transmitter's antenna. As such,the antenna should not be pointed directly at the
PRGHO,I\RXUÀ\LQJVW\OHFUHDWHVWKLVVLWXDWLRQ
easily move the antenna to correct this situation.

CautionPlease do not grasp the transmitter's
DQWHQQDGXULQJÀLJKWDoing so may degrade the quality of the RFtransmission to the model

Do not carry the transmitter by theantenna.

Rotating antenna
The antenna can be rotated 90 degrees and angled
90 degrees. Forcing the antenna further than thiscan damage it. The antenna is not removable.

There is the danger that the antenna wire will breakand operation will become impossible.

Do not pull the antenna forcefully.
There is the danger that the antenna wire will breakand operation will become impossible.

90°

90°

Low power
Monitor LED display

High power

High power

The status of the transmitter is displayed by
LED at the bottom left and right sides of the"T14SG" logo.
LED (Left)
Displays the "non-default condition" warning.
%OLQNLQJ
 3RZHU VZLWFK LV WXUQHG RQ ZKHQ DQ\
FRQGLWLRQ VZLWFK LV DFWLYDWHG LQ WKH 21
VWDWH If you have a transmitterat an angle of a figure, anantenna will be good to use
it, bending 90 degrees.

It is not good for there to
be a model on ﬂight in the
direction tip of an antenna.

14 <Before Use>

LED (Right)
Displays the state of radio frequency
transmission.
2II
 5DGLRZDYHVDUHLQWKH2))VWDWH
2Q
 5DGLRZDYHVDUHEHLQJWUDQVPLWWHG
%OLQNLQJ
 5DQJHFKHFNPRGH

Switch (SA-SH)

Slide Lever

6ZLWFK7\SH6$ SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH6KRUWOHYHU
6% SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH/RQJOHYHU
6& SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH/RQJOHYHU
6' SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH6KRUWOHYHU
6( SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH6KRUWOHYHU
6) SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH/RQJOHYHU
6* SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH6KRUWOHYHU
6+ SRVLWLRQV0RPHQWDU\/RQJOHYHU<RXFDQFKRRVHVZLWFKDQGVHWWKH212))GLUHFWLRQLQ
the setting screen of the mixing functions.

LS

RS

Digital Trim

LS (Left), RS (right):
The slide lever LS and RS offer analog input.

T4

T2

T3

T1

*The T14SG transmitter beeps when the lever comes to thecenter.
<RX FDQ VHOHFW D VOLGH OHYHU DQG VHW WKH PRYHPHQW
direction on the setting screen of mixing functions.

Digital Trim T1, T2, T3 and T4:
This transmitter is equipped with four (4)digital trims. Each time you press a trim button,
the trim position moves one step. If you continuepressing it, the trim position starts to move faster.
In addition, when the trim position returns to
WKHFHQWHUWKHWRQHZLOOFKDQJH<RXFDQDOZD\V
monitor trim positions by referencing the LCD
screen.
<RXFDQVHOHFWWKHWULPVWHSDPRXQWDQGWKHGLVSOD\XQLWon the home screen on the T1-T4 setting screen within thelinkage menu.
Note: The trim positions you have set will be stored in the
non-volatile memory and will remain there.

HOME/EXIT and U.MENU/MON. Button

HOME/EXIT
ButtonU.MENU/MON.
ButtonVolumeRETURN

HOME/EXIT:

Return to the previous
screenReturn to the Home
screenPress
Press and holdLD

RD

Volume LD and RD:
The volume LD and RD knobs allow foranalog input.
*The T14SG transmitter beeps when the volume knob
reaches the center position.
<RXFDQXVHHDFKVHWWLQJVFUHHQRIWKHPL[LQJIXQFWLRQVWRVHOHFWYROXPHVDQGGH¿QHWKHGLUHFWLRQRIDPRYHPHQW

It pushes from HOME
screen.

To TELEMETRY display

Push and hold forone (1) second fromHOME screen.

Key lock On or Oﬀ

U.MENU/MON.:Press

To SERVO MONITOR display

Press and holdTo User Menu display<Before Use> 15

Touch sensor operation
Data input operation is performed using the touch sensor.
SensorTouch™ operations 3HORT gTAPg
S1

Condition

Working

If the screen has more than one page. (Ex. P-MIX screen)

The cursor moves to the top of next page.

If the screen have only one (1) page.

The cursor moves to the top of page.

If inputting data while the cursor is blinking.

The input data is canceled.

At the moving cursor mode.

Change to the input data mode.

While in the data input mode.

Changes to the moving cursor mode.

While inputting data while cursor is blinking.

The data is entered.

SYS

At all screens

Jump to System Menu screen directly.

LNK

At all screens

Jump to Linkage Menu screen directly.

MDL

At all screens

Jump to Model Menu screen directly.

S1

At the HOME screen

Key lock On or Off

RTN

While inputting data with no blinking cursor.

Reset to the initialized value.

Lightly circling the outside edge of the RTN button.

The cursor moves accordingly.

During the data input mode.

Increases or decreases values accordingly.

RTN
s 4WO SHORT gTAPSg

s 4OUCH AND HOLD FOR
one (1) second.

s 3CROLLING
OutlineOF“RTN”

Movement of cursor, value input or mode
selection:
Movement of the cursor on the menu screen
and movement of the cursor among items on a
setup screen can be controlled by scrolling your
¿QJHUWRWKHOHIWDQGULJKWLQWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKH
DUURZ LQ WKH VFUROOLQJ GLDJUDP DERYH<RX FDQ
also go to the next page, if there is a next page.
This scrolling technique is also used for data
input, value input, mode selection, and similar
operations. Examples include: Value, ON, OFF,
INH, ACT, etc.
RTN button:
Touch the RTN button when you want to open
a setup screen or to switch between cursor movemode (reverse display) and data input mode (boxdisplay).
This button can also be used as the enter button
ZKHQDFRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HGRQWKH
screen, etc.

16 <Before Use>S1 button:
When there is a next page on a menu screen or
setup screen, you can go to that page by touching
the S1 button. In this case, the cursor moves tothe screen title item of the page.
Exiting setup screen:
To end the operation on a setup screen andreturn to the menu screen, move the cursor to thescreen title item and touch the RTN button.
To return to home screen directly, touch the S1
button for 1 second.
Alternatively, move the cursor to the screen
title item and touch the RTN button to return tothe home screen from a menu screen.

Note:
6FUROORSHUDWLRQ&LUFOH\RXU¿QJHURQWKHRXWVLGHHGJHRI
the RTN button. The sensors may mis-read your touch asa reverse rotation if the circle is smaller, or performed on
the inside edge of the RTN button.

+ROGWKHOHYHUKHDG%DQGWXUQWKHOHYHU
KHDG $ FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH 7KH ORFN ZLOO
EHUHOHDVHG
 7XUQ WKH OHYHUKHDG $ FORFNZLVH DV \RX
KROG WKH OHYHUKHDG % DIWHU SODFLQJ LW DV
\RXOLNH

Adjustment of stick lever tension
The tension of the self-return type stick levercan be adjusted.

* The SensorTouch™ may not operate smoothly if yourhand is touching the surrounding case parts. Please makesure that the tip of your finger is actually operating the
SensorTouch™.

)LUVW 5HPRYH WKH EDWWHU\ FRYHU RQ WKHERWWRPRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXQSOXJWKH
EDWWHU\ZLUHDQGUHPRYHWKHEDWWHU\IURPWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
1H[WXVLQJDKDQGUHPRYHWKHWUDQVPLWWHU VVLGH FRYHU UXEEHU  :KHQ XVLQJ 0RGH \RXZLOOQHHGWRUHPRYHWKHVLGHFRYHUWRH[SRVHWKHWHQVLRQVFUHZ
s )T IS ONLY THE MODE *If the SensorTouch™ does not register your input, please
try again after lightly tapping your finger on the sensor
once again.
* Do not operate the SensorTouch™ while wearing gloves.
The SensorTouch™ may not work correctly.
s 3IDE #OVER

Caution
The touch sensor may not operatecorrectly if spark noise is generated froma gasoline engine, etc. Please remove thetransmitter to a location away from thenoise source.

8VLQJ \RXU KDQG UHPRYH WKH WUDQVPLWWHUVUHDUUXEEHUJULSV*It is difﬁcult to remove rear grips from the central
site of a transmitter.
Therefore, remove from the outside of rear grips.

Stick Adjustment
Adjustment of the stick lever length

It removes
from here<RX FDQ DGMXVW WKH OHQJWK RI VWLFN OHYHUV DV
you like. It is recommended to adjust the lengthof the sticks in line with your hand size.
Lever HeadA

Lever HeadB

s2EAR 'RIP
s2EAR 'RIP

<Before Use> 17

8VHDVPDOO3KLOOLSVVFUHZGULYHUWRDGMXVWWKH
VSULQJVWUHQJWKDV\RXSUHIHUE\WXUQLQJWKH
DGMXVWLQJ VFUHZ RI WKH VWLFN \RX ZDQW WR
DGMXVW
*Turning the screw clockwise increases the tension.

 &$87,21 ,I \RX ORRVHQ WKH VFUHZ WRRPXFKLWFDQLQWHUIHUHZLWKWKHRSHUDWLRQRIWKHVWLFNVLQWHUQDOO\s3TICK 4ENSION *(Mode 2)

s3TICK 4ENSION *(Mode 1/2)

s3TICK 4ENSION *(Mode 1/2)

s3TICK 4ENSION *(Mode 1)7 K H  V W L F N  F D Q  E HDGMXVWHG WR KRZTXLFNO\LWUHWXUQVWRQHXWUDO+ screw is clockwise.

+ screw is counter-clockwise.

Stick tension maximum

Stick tension minimum

A screw is kept
from coming out
from a line.

*The screw will touch the case.

18 <Before Use>

$WWKHHQGRIDGMXVWPHQWUHLQVWDOOWKHVLGHFRYHUDQGUHDUJULSVSD Card (Secure Digital memory card) (Notincluded)
The T14SG transmitter model data can be
stored by using any commonly found SD card.
When T14SG transmitter update software isreleased, the software is updated using an SD
card. The T14SG is capable of using SD cards
with a memory size SD : 32MB-2GB SDHC :4GB-32GB.

Inserting/removing the SD card
7XUQ RII WKH WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU DQG WKHQ
RSHQ WKH EDWWHU\ FRYHU DW WKH ERWWRP RI
WKHWUDQVPLWWHU

① Push to open.

Caution②Slide in the direction of thearrow on the battery cover.

Be sure to turn off the power to thetransmitter before inserting or removing
the SD card.
As the SD card is a precision device, do
not use excessive force when inserting.

Restrictions when using an SD card
The following restrictions apply when using an
SD card:*The SD card must first be initialized using the T14SG
dedicated format. The SD card cannot be used as iswithout formatting to the T14SG.
*Initializing destroys all the data previously saved on thecard.
*An SD card formatted to the T14SG cannot be written
GLUHFWO\IURPD3&E\:LQGRZV([SORUHUHWF7KH¿OHV
must be converted and written by the Futaba File System
VRIWZDUH)LOHVDUHLGHQWL¿HGE\QXPEHULQVWHDGRIQDPH
This special conversion software can be downloaded from
Futaba's web site at:
http://www.futaba-rc.com/software-updates.html③ Battery
ery cover will open downward.
downward

7KH6'FDUGVORWLVVKRZKHUHLQWKHÀJXUHEHORZ

SD card slot

<Before Use> 19

[Inserting the card]
 7XUQ WKH 6' FDUG VR WKDW WKH IURQW RI WKH
FDUGIDFHVWKHUHDURIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUDQG
VOLGHWKHFDUGLQWRWKHFDUGVORW3XVKLQWKHFDUGXQWLOLWLV¿UPO\VHDWHGLQWKHFDUGVORW

[Removing the card]
 :KHQWKH6'FDUGLVSUHVVHGLQRQFHDJDLQ
WKH FDUG ZLOO EH UHOHDVHG IURP WKH FDUGVORWDQGFDQEHUHPRYHG
&ORVHWKHEDWWHU\FRYHU

SD card initialization
To use an SD card with the T14SG, the card
PXVW¿UVWEHIRUPDWWHG2QFHIRUPDWWHGWKHFDUG
does not have to be reformatted. Formatting is
performed by the T14SG.
 >,03257$17@:KHQDQ6'FDUGLVIRUPDWWHG
IRU WKH 76* DOO SUHH[LVWLQJ GDWD LV
GHVWUR\HGDo not format a card containing
important data.

[Formatting procedure],QVHUW WKH 6' FDUG LQWR WKH 6' FDUG VORW RI
WKH76*
7 X U Q  R Q  W K H  7   6 *  S R Z H U   : K H Q  D QXQIRUPDWWHGFDUGLVLQVHUWHGLQWRWKH76*
WKHVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZDSSHDUV,I WKH 76* LV UHDG\ WR IRUPDW PRYH WKHFXUVRU WR >)250$7@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQ 7R FDQFHO IRUPDWWLQJ PRYH WKHFXUVRU WR >&$1&(/@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR><(6@DQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQ
* Formatting starts. During formatting, the [NOWFORMATTING...] message is displayed.

*When formatting is completed, The [FORMATCOMPLETED] message is displayed. Depending on thecard capacity and speed, formatting may take as long as
several minutes.

20 <Before Use>

[IMPORTANT] Do not turn off the power until
the [FORMAT COMPLETED] message isdisplayed.
(QGIRUPDWWLQJE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQSD card reader/writer
Saving model data and update files (released
from Futaba) to the SD card from your own
PC, you can transfer those file to your T14SG
transmitter. Equipment for reading and writing
SD cards is available at most electronics stores.
Stored data
If you have a problem saving or reading data
after a long period of use, we suggest obtaining a
QHZ6'FDUGWRDYRLGIXUWKHUGLI¿FXOWLHV
*Futaba is not responsible for compensating any failure ordamage to the data stored in the memory card. As such,
we suggest that you maintain a backup of your importantdata contained on your SD card.

Connector/Plug

TrainerConnector

S.BUS (S.I/F)
Connector

ChargePlugEarphone
Plug

Connector for trainer function
When you use the trainer function, connect theoptional trainer cable between the transmittersfor teacher and student.
<RXFDQVHWWKHWUDLQHUIXQFWLRQRQWKH7UDLQHU)XQFWLRQ
screen in the System menu.

Connector for battery charger
This is the connector for charging the NiMH
EDWWHU\ +7)% WKDW LV LQVWDOOHG LQ WKHtransmitter. Do not use any other chargers except
the attached special charger corresponding to
NiMH battery.

S.BUS connector (S.I/F)

Warning

When setting an S.BUS servo and telemetry
sensor, connect them both here.
6XSSO\SRZHUE\ZD\KXERU<KDUQHVVHV

Do not connect any other chargers except
the special charger to this charging
connector.

Earphone plug
It is not used now. (The function after upgrade),I\RXWDNHRXWWKH1L0+EDWWHU\+7)%IURPWKH
transmitter, you can use the optional quick charger CR2000 corresponding to NiMH battery.

<Before Use> 21

Installation and Removal of the HT5F1800B
Transmitter Battery
Attachment of the battery 6OLGH WKH EDWWHU\ FRYHU RQ WKH ERWWRP RI
WKH WUDQVPLWWHU WRZDUG WKH ULJKW VLGH DQG
RSHQLW

Battery Removal
Note: If you remove the battery while thepower is on, the data you have set will not
be saved.
2SHQWKHEDWWHU\FRYHU
'LVFRQQHFWWKHEDWWHU\FRQQHFWRU
3UHVV RQ WKH EDWWHU\ UHOHDVH WDE DQG SXOOWKHEDWWHU\GRZQZDUGVWRUHPRYH
&ORVHWKHEDWWHU\FRYHUFRPSOHWHO\

Warning
Be careful not to drop the battery.

① Push to open.
②Slide in the direction of thearrow on the battery cover.

Never disconnect the battery connector
from the T14SG transmitter after
turning off the power until the screen iscompletely blank and the transmitter has
shut down completely.
* Internal devices such as memories may be damaged.
* If there is any problem, the message "Backup Error"
will be shown the next time when you turn on the
power of the transmitter. Do not use the transmitter as
it is. Send it to the Futaba Service Center.

ery cover will open downward.
downward③ Battery

,QVWDOOWKHEDWWHU\LQWKHKROGHU
&RQQHFWWKHEDWWHU\FRQQHFWRU

Battery
Connector

Battery
release tab

&ORVHWKHEDWWHU\FRYHUFRPSOHWHO\

22 <Before Use>When exchanging for the LiFe battery(FT2F2100B/FT2F1700B) of an option.

The battery state inside T14SG

Attachment of the battery
76*WR+7)%LVUHPRYHG
  $ /L)H VSDFHU 6* DWWDFKPHQW  LV
LQVHUWHGDVVKRZQLQDÀJXUH
NiMH HT5F1800B
LiFe SPACER

LiFe FT2F2100B/1700B

LiFe SPACER

$/L)HEDWWHU\EDWW
WWHU\ RSWLRQ LVLQVHUWHGDVVKRZQWW
LV LQVHUWH
LQDÀJXUHCharge of a LiFe battery
Note: LiFe battery cannot be charged with the
charger of 14SG attachment.
Be sure to remove a battery from T14SG andto charge from the charger only for LiFe.

A LiFebattery isremovedfrom T14SG.

   3  F R Q Q H F W R U  R I  D  / L ) H  E D W W H U \  L VFRQQHFWHG

2P connector isremoved from T14SG.

Balance charge
is carried out from the charger only for LiFe.
LiFe
Battery
The balance charge connector is not connectedin the state where the battery is set to a transmitter.

&ORVHWKHEDWWHU\FRYHUFRPSOHWHO\6.T14SG is turned on and [LINKAGE
MENU]=>[WARNING]=>[LOW BATTERY] iscalled.
7. It changes into 6.0V from 5.6V.
*About low battery voltage, all the models included in
one transmitter are changed in common. It cannot set todifferent voltage for every model. Moreover, data reset is
not carried out.

Warning
Follow the manual of a LiFe battery.
Don't charge the LiFe battery with the
NiMH charger of 14SG attachment.
* Be sure to remove from T14SG and to charge with the
charger only for LiFe.

Be sure to change the voltage of LOW
BATTERY WARNING into 6.0V from
5.6V
<Before Use> 23

Receiver nomenclature
Before using the receiver, be sure to read theprecautions listed in the following pages.
Receiver R7008SB

DangerDon't connect a connector, as shown in a
EHIRUH¿JXUH
*It will short-circuit, if it connected in this way. A shortcircuit across the battery terminals may cause abnormal
KHDWLQJ¿UHDQGEXUQV

Warning
S.BUS2 connectors
Don't connect an S.BUS servo / gyro to
S.BUS2 connector.
Connector"1 through 6": outputs for the channels 1
through 6
%RXWSXWVRIFKDQQHOVDQGSRZHU
"8/SB": outputs of 8 channels or S.BUS port.
[S.BUS Servo S.BUS Gyro ]*When using 8/SB as S.BUS, you have to set
CH MODE of the following page to mode B ormode D.
"S.BUS2": outputs of S.BUS2 port.
[S.BUS2 Servo S.BUS2 Gyro Telemetry Sensor ]*When using 9 or more channels, use an S.BUS
IXQFWLRQRUXVHDVHFRQG56%DQGOLQNERWK
to your transmitter.

LED Monitor
This monitor is used to check the CH mode of
the receiver.

Link/Mode Switch
Use the small plastic screw driver that was
included with your receiver.
The Link/Mode Switch is also used for the CH
mode selection.

Connector insertion＋

Firmly insert the connector in the direction
VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH,QVHUWWKH6%86E\WXUQLQJ
it 90 degrees.

DangerExtra Voltage Connector

5HFHLYHU

Use this connector when using a voltage
telemetry device to send the battery voltage (DC0a9 IURPWKHUHFHLYHUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
<RXZLOOQHHGWRSXUFKDVHWKHRSWLRQDO([WHUQDO
9ROWDJHLQSXWFDEOH &$59,1 )870
<RX FDQ WKHQ PDNH D FDEOH ZLWK DQ H[WUD
connector to the External voltage connector.

Do not connect either a switch
or battery in this manner.

24 <Before Use>−

Danger
Don't touch wiring.
* There is a danger of receiving an electric shock.

Do not short-circuit the battery terminals.
* A short circuit across the battery terminals may cause
DEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ¿UHDQGEXUQVPlease double check your polarity ( ＋ and− ) when hooking up your connectors.
* If ＋ and − of wiring are mistaken, it will damage,ignite and explode.

>+RZWRFKDQJHWKH56%&KDQQHOPRGH@3UHVVDQGKROGGRZQWKH/LQN0RGHEXWWRQRQWKH56%UHFHLYHU
 7XUQ WKH UHFHLYHU RQ ZKLOH KROGLQJ GRZQ
WKH /LQN0RGH EXWWRQ  ZKHQ  WKH /('EHJLQV WR EOLQN JUHHQUHG WKH EXWWRQ PD\
EHUHOHDVHG
7KH/('VKRXOGQRZEHEOLQNLQJUHGLQRQH
RI WKH SDWWHUQV GHVFULEHG E\ WKH FKDUWEHORZ
 (DFK SUHVV RI WKH 0RGH/LQN EXWWRQDGYDQFHVWKHUHFHLYHUWRWKHQH[WPRGH :KHQ \RX UHDFK WKH PRGH WKDW \RX ZLVKWR RSHUDWH LQ SUHVV DQG KROG WKH 0RGH
/LQNEXWWRQIRUPRUHWKDQVHFRQGV 2QFH ORFNHG LQWR WKH FRUUHFW PRGH WKH/('ZLOOFKDQJHWRDVROLGFRORU
3OHDVHF\FOHWKHUHFHLYHU V SRZHURIIDQG
EDFNRQDJDLQDIWHUFKDQJLQJWKH&KDQQHO
0RGH

Don’t connection to Extra Voltage before
turning on a receiver power supply.
R7008SB CH Mode
7KH 56% UHFHLYHU LV D YHU\ YHUVDWLOH
unit. It has 8 PWM outputs, S.BUS and S.BUS2
outputs. Additionally the PWM outputs can bechanged from channels 1-8 to channels 9-14. If
you only desire to use it as an 8 channel receiver(without S.BUS), it can be used without any
setting changes.
The T14SG has the ability to link to two56% UHFHLYHUV  2QH RI WKHP RXWSXWWLQJ
channels 1-8 and the other outputting channels
9-14 giving you 14 PWM channels. Instructions
for this configuration and S.BUS operation
follow.

R7008SB CH MODE TABLE
Setting channel
Receiver connector

Mode A
1 〜 8CH

Mode B
1 〜 7CH

Mode C
9 〜 14CH

Mode D
9 〜 14CH

1

1

1

9

9

2

2

2

10

10

3

3

3

11

11

4

4

4

12

12

5

5

5

13

13

6

6

6

14

14

7/B

7

7

-

-

8/SB

8

S.BUS

-

S.BUS

Red LED blink

1time

2time

3time

4time
<Before Use> 25

Receiver's Antenna Installation
7KH56%KDVWZRDQWHQQDV,QRUGHUWRPD[LPL]HVLJQDOUHFHSWLRQDQGSURPRWHVDIHPRGHOLQJ)XWDED
has adopted a diversity antenna system. This allows the receiver to obtain RF signals on both antennas andÀ\SUREOHPIUHH
*Must be kept as straight as possible.

Antenna

Coaxial cable
R7008SB Receiver

To obtain the best results of the diversity
function, please refer to the following
instructions:7KHWZRDQWHQQDVPXVWEHNHSWDVVWUDLJKW
DV SRVVLEOH 2WKHUZLVH LW ZLOO UHGXFH WKHHIIHFWLYHUDQJH
7KHWZRDQWHQQDVVKRXOGEHSODFHGDW
GHJUHHVWRHDFKRWKHU

Antenna 7KLV LV QRW D FULWLFDO ILJXUH EXW WKH PRVWLPSRUWDQW WKLQJ LV WR NHHS WKH DQWHQQDVDZD\IURPHDFKRWKHUDVPXFKDVSRVVLEOH /DUJHU PRGHOV FDQ KDYH ODUJH PHWDO
REMHFWVWKDWFDQDWWHQXDWHWKH5)VLJQDO,Q
WKLV FDVH WKH DQWHQQDV VKRXOG EH SODFHG
DW ERWK VLGHV RI WKH PRGHO 7KHQ WKH EHVW
5)VLJQDOFRQGLWLRQLVREWDLQHGDWDQ\Á\LQJ
DWWLWXGH 7KH DQWHQQDV PXVW EH NHSW DZD\ IURPFRQGXFWLYH PDWHULDOV VXFK DV PHWDOFDUERQ DQG IXHO WDQN E\ DW OHDVW D KDOILQFK7KHFRD[LDOSDUWRIWKHDQWHQQDVGRHVQRWQHHGWRIROORZWKHVHJXLGHOLQHVEXWGRQRWEHQGLWLQDWLJKWUDGLXV
.HHSWKHDQWHQQDVDZD\IURPWKHPRWRU
(6& DQG RWKHU QRLVH VRXUFHV DV PXFK DV
SRVVLEOH

Antenna*The two antennas should be placed at 90 degrees to each other.
*The Illustration demonstrates how the antenna should be placed.
*Receiver Vibration and Waterproofing: The receiver contains precision electronic parts. Be sure to avoid vibration,
shock, and temperature extremes. For protection, wrap the receiver in foam rubber or other vibration-absorbing
materials. It is also a good idea to waterproof the receiver by placing it in a plastic bag and securing the open end of the
bag with a rubber band before wrapping it with foam rubber. If you accidentally get moisture or fuel inside the receiver,
you may experience intermittent operation or a crash. If in doubt, return the receiver to our service center for service.

26 <Before Use>

Safety precautions when you installreceiver and servos

Mounting the Servo

Wood screw

2.3-2.6mm nut
washerRubbergrommetBrass eyelet

RubbergrommetBrass eyelet

Servo mount
Servo mount2.3-2.6mm screw(Airplane/Glider)(Helicopter)

Warning
Connecting connectors
Be sure to insert the connector until it
stops at the deepest point.
How to protect the receiver from vibration
and water

Servo lead wires
To prevent the servo lead cable from being
broken by vibration during flight, provide alittle slack in the cable and fasten it at suitable
points. Periodically check the cable during daily
maintenance.

Wrap the receiver with something soft
such as foam rubber to avoid vibration.
If there is a chance of getting wet, put thereceiver in a waterproof bag or balloon to
avoid water.
Receiver's antenna
Never cut the receiver's antenna. Do notbind the receiver's antenna with the cables
for servos.

Margin in the lead wire.

Fasten about 5-10cm
from the servo outlet sothat the lead wire is neat.

Locate the receiver's antenna as far as
possible from metals or carbon fiber
components such as frames, cables, etc.
*Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will reduce theradio reception sensitivity and range, and may cause acrash.

Mounting the power switch
When mounting a power switch to an airframe,
make a rectangular hole that is a little larger than
the total stroke of the switch so that you can turnthe switch ON/OFF without binding.
Avoid mounting the switch where it can becovered by engine oil and dust. In general, it isrecommended to mount the power switch on the
VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIÀHU

Servo throw
Adjust your system so that pushrods will
not bind or sag when operating the servos
to the full extent.
*If excessive force is continuously applied to a servo, theservo could be damaged due to force on the gear train
and/or power consumption causing rapid battery drain.

Mounting servos
Use a vibration-proof rubber (such as
rubber grommet) under a servo when
mounting the servo on a servo mount. And
be sure that the servo cases do not touchdirectly to the metal parts such as servo
mount.
*If the servo case contacts the airframe directly, vibration
will travel to and possibly damage the servo.

<Before Use> 27

S.BUS/S.BUS2 Installation
7KLVVHWXVHVWKH6%866%86V\VWHP7KHZLULQJLVDVVLPSOL¿HGDQGFOHDQPRXQWLQJDVSRVVLEOHHYHQ
with models that use a large number of servos. In addition, the wings can be quickly installed to the fuselage
without any erroneous wiring by the use of only one simple wire, even when there are a large number ofservos used.
Ɣ:KHQXVLQJ6%866%86VSHFLDOVHWWLQJVDQGPL[HVLQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\EHXQQHFHVVDU\Ɣ7KH6%866%86VHUYRVPHPRUL]HWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVWKHPVHOYHV 6HWWDEOHZLWKWKH76*
Ɣ7KH6%866%86V\VWHPDQGFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHP UHFHLYHUFRQYHQWLRQDO&+XVHG FDQEHPL[HG
S.BUS

Glider usage example
Receiver: R7008SB
Servo: S3172SV×9 ( Optional )HUB×4 ( Optional )Throttle servo: BLS173SV ( Optional )Battery: FR2F1800 ( Optional )S.BUS Aerobatic plane usage example

Switch: HSW-L
Receiver: R7008SB
Aileron servo: BLS174SV×2 ( Optional )HUB×3 ( Optional )Rudder Servo: BLS175SV×1 ( Optional )Elevator servo: BLS173SV×2 ( Optional )28 <Before Use>S.BUS Wiring example
Receiver *When using 8/SB as S.BUS, you must set the receiver toMode B or Mode D. See R7008SB CH MODE TABLE.

●S.BUS Servo
Since the channel number is memorized by
the S.BUS itself, any connector can be used.
When the SBD-1 (sold separately) is used,ordinary servos can be used with theS.BUS system.

%DWWHU\

6%86
3RUW
6%

6ZLWFK*<([WHQVLRQFRUG

7HUPLQDOER[●7HUPLQDOER[
Four connectors can be inserted
+8%

+8%

+8%

Warning
Power supply
Please make sure that you
use a battery that can deliver
enough capacity for thenumber and kind of servos
used. Alkaline batteries
cannot be used.

6%866HUYR+8%‫ق‬$QRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\‫ك‬
6ZLWFK+8%●When separate power supply used

+8%

%DWWHU\

When a large number of servos are used orwhen high current servos are used, the servos
can be driven by a separate power supply byusing a separate Power Supply 3-way Hub.

6%866HUYR
Green

+8%

Used when using a separate
power supply battery.

+8%
OrangeThree connectors can beinserted.

<Before Use> 29

S.BUS2 System
When using the S.BUS2 port, an impressive array of telemetry sensors may be utilized.

S.BUS2 TABLE
Receiver port

S.BUS Servo
S.BUS Gyro

S.BUS2 Servo
S.BUS2 Gyro

Telemetry sensor

S.BUS

○

○

×

S.BUS2

× （※）

○

○

（※）Don't connect S.BUS Servo,
S.BUS Gyro to S.BUS2 connector.

S.BUS servos and gyros and S.BUS2 servos and gyros must be used in thecorrect receiver ports. Please refer to the instruction manual to make sure
you connect to the correct one.

&+0RGHLVVHWWR0RGH%>'@

6%86
3RUW
6%
6%86
3RUW

+XE

+XE

6%866HUYR
6%86VHUYR&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH
6%86J\UR&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH

30 <Before Use>

+XE

+XE

6%866HUYR

7HOHPHWU\
6HQVRU

6%86VHUYR&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH

6%86
*<52
ٔ

5XGGHU6HUYR

S.BUS/S.BUS2 device setting
S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or a telemetry sensor can be connected directly to the T14SG. Channel setting andother data can be entered for the S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or sensors.

76*

ZD\KXE
RU<KDUQHVVHV

6%866%86
GHYLFH
6%866%86
6HUYR

5HFHLYHUV%DWWHU\

7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU

 &RQQHFW WKH 6%86 GHYLFH DQG EDWWHU\ \RXZDQWWRVHWZLWKDZD\KXERU<KDUQHVVHVDVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUH
7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHU
&DOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ6HUYR6\VWHP0HQX→6%866HUYR
6HQVRU/LQNDJH0HQX→6HQVRU
 3HUIRUP VHWWLQJ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK HDFKVFUHHQ7KLVVHWVWKHFKDQQHODQGRWKHUGDWDIRUHDFK
6%86 VHUYR RU WHOHPHWU\ GHYLFH WR EH XVHGZLWKWKH6%86GHYLFHRUUHFHLYHU

<Before Use> 31

Telemetry System
7KH56%UHFHLYHUIHDWXUHVELGLUHFWLRQDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQZLWKD)$667HVW)XWDEDWUDQVPLWWHUXVLQJthe S.BUS2 port. Using the S.BUS2 port an impressive array of telemetry sensors may be utilized. It also
includes both standard PWM output ports and S.BUS output ports.
* Telemetry is available only in the FASSTest 14CH mode. (12CH mode displays only Receiver battery
voltage and Extra battery voltage.)
7KHWHOHPHWU\IXQFWLRQUHTXLUHVWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJUHFHLYHU 56% 
7KH76*ZLOOHQWHUDQGNHHSWKH,'QXPEHURIWKH56%WKDWLWLVOLQNHGWR

●Telemetry sensor (sold separately)
76*

Info

SignalInfoYour aircrafts data can be checked in thetransmitter by connecting various telemetry
sensors to the S.BUS2 connector of thereceiver.
Power battery voltage isdisplayed at the transmitter.

voltage

Receiver6%86
&RQQHFWRU

6ZLWFKInfo

7HUPLQDOER[

Battery voltage isdisplayed at the transmitter.

Info

+8%

Info

+8%

●Slot No.
Servos are classified by channel, but sensors
are classified by “slot” . Since the initial slot
No. of the T14SG is preset at each sensor,
the sensors can be used as is by connecting
them. There are 1~31 slots.

32 <Before Use>

7HPSHUDWXUH
6HQVRU

Slot 1530
6HQVRU

Slot 2$OWLWXGH
6HQVRU

Slot 3 〜 5

9ROWDJH
6HQVRU

Slot 6 〜 7*36
6HQVRU

Slot 8 〜 15

6HQVRU

Slot 16

6HQVRU

Slot 17

Info+8%

Slot 31BASIC OPERATION
Battery Charging
Before charging batteries, read the "Cautions for handling battery and battery charger" in the section"NiMH/NiCd Battery Safety and Handling Instructions".
How to charge the NiMH battery HT5F1800B
for the transmitter*Battery charging will not automatically stop. Remove thebattery and transmitter from the charger and remove thecharger from the wall socket.
*It is recommended to reactivate the battery by cycling
several times if the battery has not been used for a long
period.

Danger
The NiMH battery HT5F1800B is only foryour T14SG. Do not use this battery for otherequipment.
Be sure to use the attached special charger tocharge the battery.

*In the case of NiMH/NiCd batteries, you may find poor
performance of the battery if you have used the battery
only for a short period or if you repeat charging while thebattery is not fully discharged. It is suggested to discharge
the battery to the recommended level after use. It is also
recommended to charge the battery just before use.

*If you take the NiMH battery HT5F1800B out of thetransmitter, you can use the optional quick charger CR-2000
corresponding to NiMH battery.

[Method of charging battery]ƔSpecial charger*Connect to AC outlet
specified.

Receiver Batt.
Charging display

Transmitter Batt.
Charging display

To T14SG charge
connector

1. Connect the special charger to the wall
socket (AC outlet).
2. Connect the connectors to the T14SG
charging jack.
&RQ¿UPWKDWWKHFKDUJLQJLQGLFDWRU/('ODPSLVRQ
*Turn off the transmitter while charging the battery.

3. Remove the battery after 15 hours.

<Basic Operation> 33

How to turn transmitter power ON/OFF
When turning on the power, the T14SG
transmitter will begin emmiting RF automatically
DIWHULWFRQ¿UPVWKHVXUURXQGLQJ5)FRQGLWLRQVThe T14SG transmitter also offers the ability toauto shut-down.

*below 1/3 stick, the warning display goes off.

When turning on the power of the transmitter
THR Stick Slow

Registration of the user's name
If so desired, the T14SG transmitter can
indicate the owner's name.
1. Turn on the power switch of the transmitter.
7KHPHVVDJH&+(&.5)&21',7,21LVGLVSOD\HGIRUDPRPHQW$WWKHVDPHWLPHWKHOHIW/('PRQLWRUEOLQNV

User's name setup screen
1. Turn on the power of the transmitter.
*The home screen appears.

2. Lightly touch the SYS button twice rapidly
and the System menu appears.
3. Select [USER NAME] in the System menu andtouch the RTN button.
2. Then, you will see the home screen and thetransmitter begins to emit radio waves.

*The user name set up screen appears.

7KHOHIWDQGULJKW/('PRQLWRUVZLOOFKDQJHWRVROLGUHGHow to stop the transmitter
1. Turn off the power switch of the transmitter.
*The transmitter shuts down at once.

Low battery alarm and auto shut-down
When the battery voltage reaches 5.2V, an
DXGLEOH DODUP ZLOO VRXQG /DQG \RXU DLUFUDIW
immediately.
When the battery voltage reaches 3.9V, thetransmitter will be turned off automatically.
*If you do not operate the transmitter (or move a stick,knob, switch or digital trim) for 30 minutes, the message3/($6(78512))32:(56:,7&+LVGLVSOD\HGDQG
an audible alarm will sound.

Warning display at power ON (Airplane/
Helicopter):KHQ WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN GXULQJ 3RZHU 2Q LV DW
the high side (or over 1/3 stick) a warning will be
displayed.

34 <Basic Operation>

Input Box
*Current user name is displayed.

Changing the user name
1. Change the user name as described below:[Moving cursor in input box]
 6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ[Deleting a character]
When [DELETE] is selected and the RTN button
is touched, the character immediately after
the cursor is deleted.
[Adding a character]
When a character is selected from thecharacter list and the RTN button is touched,that character is added at the position
immediately after the cursor.
*A name of up to 10 characters long can be entered as theuser name. (A space is also counted as one character.)

2. At the end of input, select [ENTER] and tuoch
the RTN button. (To terminate input andreturn to the original state, select [CANCEL]
and touch the RTN button.)Home screen
8VHWKHWRXFKVHQVRUWRVHOHFWWKHIROORZLQJGLVSOD\DUHDWRFDOOHDFKVHWWLQJVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571
button. The setting screen appears.
System timer

Key lock7KLVVKRZVWKHDFFXPXODWHGWLPHVLQFH
the latest reset. (Hour):(Minute) 8VH WKH FXUVRU WR KLJKOLJKW WKLV WKHQ
touch the RTN button for one second
to reset the system timer.

 7RXFK WKH 6 EXWWRQ RU SXVK WKHHOME/EXIT button for one second to
lock/unlock the key operation.
In the key lock mode the key icon isdisplayed here.

Up/Down timer (ST1, ST2)
7LPHULVGLVSOD\HGKHUH
Touch the RTN button at the [xx]:[xx.
xx] item to start/stop the timer.
 8VH WKH FXUVRU WR KLJKOLJKW WKLV WKHQ
touch the RTN button at the ST1 or ST2
item to call the timer set-up screen.
*See the description at the back of this manual.

User's name

RF indicatorSD card indicator
Battery Indicator :KHQ WKH EDWWHU\ YROWDJH
reaches 5.2V(Change in
Warning Menu), the alarm
will beep. Land your aircraft
immediately.

Model type
Model Name
7KHPRGHOQDPHWKDWis currently used isdisplayed here.
  8 V H  W K H  F X U V R U  W Rhighlight this, thentouch the RTN button
to call the model
select set-up screen.

System mode

Model timer

 6\VWHP )$667HVW&+ HWF 
mode is displayed here.
 8VH WKH FXUVRU WR KLJKOLJKW WKLVthen touch the RTN button
to call the frequency set-up
screen.

 7KLV VKRZV WKH DFFXPXODWHG WLPH
since the latest reset. (each model)(Hour):(Minute) 8VH WKH FXUVRU WR KLJKOLJKW WKLVthen touch the RTN button for one
second to reset the model timer.

Digital trim (T1 to T4)
 7ULPSRVLWLRQLVGLVSOD\HGKHUH
 <RXFDQVHOHFWWKHGLVSOD\XQLWon the home screen on the
T1-T4 setting screen within thelinkage menu.

2nd Home screen
 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ DW
the clock icon to call the
2 nd home screen (large
size timer).

Condition name (Heli/Glider) ,Q WKH QRUPDO FRQGLWLRQ PRYH WKH
cursor to the condition name andtouch the RTN button. The condition
name is changed and blinks.
It is possible to operate the digitaltrim in all conditions.

VPP condition # (Air)
:KHQ933IXQFWLRQLVDVVLJQHG WRDFKDQQHO WKH FXUUHQW 933 FRQGLWLRQ# is displayed here.

<Basic Operation> 35

User Menu
A user menu which allows the user tocustomize and display frequently used functions
has been added.
1. When the "U.MENU" button is pushed fortwo seconds, the user menu appears.
5HWXUQWRWKHKRPHVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH(;,7EXWWRQ
while the user menu is being displayed.

2. When the cursor highlights the dotted line,"----------" and the RTN button is touched,
the menu selection screen appears.

3. When the cursor is moved to the settingthat you to set to the user menu and the
RTN button is touched, that setting screen
is added to the user menu.
4. The registered setting screen can becalled by moving the cursor to it andtouching the RTN button.
*When you want to delete an added screen from the user
menu, highlight item you wish to delete, press and holdthe RTN button for one second.

36 <Basic Operation>

Warning%HVXUHWRFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPHEHIRUHÀ\LQJ\RXUDLUFUDIW
Check the battery voltage as often as
possible and try to charge the battery
earlier. If the battery alarm makes a sound,
land your aircraft immediately.

Link procedure (T14SG/R7008SB)(DFKWUDQVPLWWHUKDVDQLQGLYLGXDOO\DVVLJQHGXQLTXH,'FRGH,QRUGHUWRVWDUWRSHUDWLRQWKHUHFHLYHUPXVWEHOLQNHGZLWKWKH,'FRGHRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKZKLFKLWLVEHLQJSDLUHG2QFHWKHOLQNLVPDGH
the ID code is stored in the receiver and no further linking is necessary unless the receiver is to be usedwith another transmitter. When you purchase additional R7008SB receivers, this procedure is necessary;otherwise the receiver will not work.
Link procedure3ODFHWKHWUDQVPLWWHUDQGWKHUHFHLYHUFORVH
to each other within half (0.5m) meter.

6. When changing battery fail-safe voltage
from the initial value 3.8V, voltage ischanged here.
 2QO\LQ)$667HVW0RGH

Less than 0.5 m

2. Turn on the transmitter.
3. Select [SYSTEM] at the Linkage menu andaccess the setup screen shown below by
touching the RTN button.

:You can ddo thithis ththroughh th
the LINK
LINKAGE Menu
and scroll to System and press RTN.
4. When you use two receivers on one model,
you must change from [SINGLE] to [DUAL].
*Only two receivers can be used. In"DUAL", two setting items come out. Input,
respectively.

,' RI D 3ULPDU\receiver displays.

7.[LINK] is chosen by scrolling and the RTN
button is pushed. The transmitter will emit achime as it starts the linking process.

8. When the transmitter starts to chime, poweron the receiver. The receiver should link to
the transmitter within about 1 second.

In "Link" Mode

ID of a Secondary
receiver displays.

Receiver ON

In DUAL, a primary receiveris link previously. Next, asecondary receiver is link.
)ZLOOEHFKRVHQLILWLVXVHGLQ)UDQFHRWKHUV
"G" general.

9. If linking fails, an error message is displayed.
Bring the transmitter closer to the receiverand repeat the procedure above from Step 2.
10. ACT will be chosen if telemetry is used.
It is INH when not using it.

<Basic Operation> 37

11. When a telemetry function is enabled,
the receiving interval (down-link interval) of
sensor data can be changed. If a DL interval
is increased, the response of the sensor data
display becomes slower, but stick response
will improve.
Initial value: 1.0s
Adjustment range: 0.1s~2.0s* If there are many FASSTest systems turned on around yourreceiver, it might not link to your transmitter. In this case,
HYHQLIWKHUHFHLYHU V/('VWD\VVROLGJUHHQXQIRUWXQDWHO\
the receiver might have established a link to one of othertransmitters. This is very dangerous if you do not noticethis situation. In order to avoid the problem, we strongly
recommend you to doublecheck whether your receiver isreally under control by your transmitter by giving the stick
input and then checking the servo response.
*Do not perform the linking operation when the drive motor
is connected or the engine is running.
* When you use two receivers, please be sure to setup a"primary" and "secondary" in the "dual" mode.
*A telemetry function cannot be used for the 2nd receiver of
GXDOUHFHLYHUPRGH7KHYROWDJHDQG([WYROWDJHRIDQG
receiver cannot be known with a transmitter.
* You must link one receiver at a time. If both power
supplies to the receivers are switched on simultaneously,
data is received incorrectly by the transmitter.
* If a dual receiver function is used, in order to receive
sensor information correctly by both sets, telemetry data
will be slower compared to a single receiver setup.
* You cannot link three receivers.
/LQNLVUHTXLUHGZKHQDV\VWHPW\SHLVFKDQJHG
/LQNLQJLVUHTXLUHGZKHQHYHUDQHZPRGHOLVPDGH

Warning
After the linking is done, please cycle receiver
power and check that the receiver to be linked
is really under the control of the transmitter.
Do not perform the linking procedure withmotor's main wire connected or with the engine
operating as it may result in serious injury.

38 <Basic Operation>

Range Testing Your R/C System,WLVH[WUHPHO\LPSRUWDQWWRUDQJHFKHFN\RXUPRGHOVSULRUWRHDFKIO\LQJVHVVLRQ7KLVHQDEOHV\RXWRHQVXUHWKDWHYHU\WKLQJLVIXQFWLRQLQJDVLWVKRXOGDQGWRREWDLQPD[LPXPHQMR\PHQWIURP\RXUWLPHÀ\LQJThe T14SG transmitter incorporates a system that reduces its power output and allows you to perform sucha range check.
Range check mode

Range check procedure

We have installed a special "Range checkmode" for doing a ground range check. To accessthe "Range check mode" touch and hold the RTN
button while turning on the transmitter. Doing so
ZLOOEULQJXS32:(502'(PHQX

1. With the "Range check mode" on, walkaway from the model while simultaneously
operating the controls. Have an assistant
stand by the model to confirm that allcontrols are completely and correctly
operational. You should be able to walkapproximately 30-50 paces from the model
without losing control.
2. If everything operates correctly, return tothe model. Set the transmitter in a safe, yetaccessible, location so it will be within reachafter starting the engine or motor. Be certain
the throttle stick is in the low throttle position,
WKHQ VWDUW WKH HQJLQH RU PRWRU 3HUIRUP
another range check with your assistantholding the aircraft with the engine runningat various speeds. If the servos jitter or move
inadvertently, there may be a problem. We
ZRXOGVWURQJO\VXJJHVW\RXGRQRWÁ\XQWLOWKH
VRXUFHRIWKHGLIÀFXOW\KDVEHHQGHWHUPLQHG
Look for loose servo connections or binding
pushrods. Also, be certain that the battery
has been fully charged.

The present model

To activate the "Range check mode" touch the
RTN button and the range check mode screen willappear.

During this mode, the RF power output isreduced so the range test can be performed. In
addition, when this mode is activated the right/('RQWKHIURQWRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUVWDUWVEOLQNLQJ
and the transmitter gives users a warning with abeeping sound every 3 seconds.
The "Range check mode" continues for 90
seconds and after that the power will return
WR WKH QRUPDO OHYHO 7R H[LW WKH 5DQJH FKHFN
PRGHEHIRUHWKHVHFRQGVVHOHFWWKH5$1*(&+(&. DW WKH WRS RI WKH VFUHHQ DQG WRXFK WKHRTN button again. This mode is available one
time only so if you need to re-use this function the
WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU PXVW EH F\FOHG 1(9(5 VWDUWÀ\LQJZKHQWKH5DQJHFKHFNPRGHLVDFWLYH
Should you require additional time to performa range check, highlight Restart before your time
H[SLUHVDQGSUHVVWKH571EXWWRQRQHWLPH

Range checking on
low power.

About 100 feet

Range check mode

Warning'RQRWÀ\LQWKHUDQJHFKHFNPRGH
*Since the range of the radio waves is short, if the model
is too far from the transmitter, control will be lost and themodel will crash.

<Basic Operation> 39

RECEIVER AND SERVO INSTALLATION
Receiver and servos connection
Connect the receiver and servos in accordance with the connection diagram shown below. Always read thesection [Before using]. When mounting the receiver and servos to the fuselage, connect the necessary points
in accordance with the model's instruction manual.
Receiver and servos connection diagram
Always connect the necessary number of servos.
The receiver channel assignment depends on themodel type. See the Servo connection by modeltype tables.

R7008SB (output connector section)sCH1~6: Output connectors 1~6
s" /UTPUT CONNECTORS  AND 0OWER SUPPLYs3" /UTPUT CONNECTORS  OR 3"53 SYSTEM
s3"53 3"53 SYSTEM

CH1~8,
S.BUS/（2）,B

Receiver battery

Charging port

Receiver switch
Servos40 <Receiver and Servo Installation>

Servo connection by model type
The T14SG transmitter channels are automatically assigned for optimal combination according to the typeselected with the Model Type function of the Linkage Menu. The channel assignment (initial setting) for
each model type is shown below. Connect the receiver and servos to match the type used.
*The set channels can be checked at the Function screen of the Linkage Menu. The channel assignments can also be changed. For
more information, read the description of the Function menu.

Airplane/glider
Normal wing and V-tail2Aileron

2Aileron+1FLAP 2Aileron+2FLAP 2Aileron+4FLAP 4Aileron+2FLAP

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider1

AileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileron2

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

3

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

RudderRudderRudderRudder4

RudderRudderRudderRudderRudderRudderRudderRudderAileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

5

Gear

AUX7

Gear

AUX7

Gear

AUX6

Gear

AUX5

Flap

Flap

Aileron3

Aileron3

6

VPP

AUX6

Aileron2

Aileron2

Flap

Flap

Aileron2

Aileron2

Flap2

Flap2

Aileron4

Aileron4

7

AUX5

AUX5

VPP

AUX6

Aileron2

Aileron2

Flap

Flap

Flap3

Flap3

Flap

Flap

8

AUX4

AUX4

AUX5

AUX5

VPP

AUX5

Flap2

Flap2

Flap4

Flap4

Flap2

Flap2

9

AUX1

AUX1

CamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamber

10

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

Butterﬂy

AUX1

Butterﬂy

VPP

ButterﬂyGear

ButterﬂyGear

Butterﬂy

11

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

12

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

VPP

AUX1

VPP

AUX1

DG1

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

DG2

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

FASST MULT

GliderFASSTest 14CH
FASSTest 12CH
S-FHSSFASST 7CH

Airplane

The output
CH of eachsystemＲＸ
CH

1Aileron

Ailvator (Dual Elevator)
2Aileron

2Aileron+1FLAP 2Aileron+2FLAP 2Aileron+4FLAP 4Aileron+2FLAP

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider1

AileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileron2

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

3

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

RudderRudderRudderRudder4

RudderRudderRudderRudderRudderRudderRudderRudderAileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

5

Gear

AUX7

Gear

AUX7

Gear

AUX6

Elevator2

Elevator2

Flap

Flap

Aileron3

Aileron3
Aileron4

6

VPP

AUX6

Aileron2

Aileron2

Flap

Flap

Aileron2

Aileron2

Flap2

Flap2

Aileron4

7

Elevator2

Elevator2

Elevator2

Elevator2

Aileron2

Aileron2

Flap

Flap

Flap3

Flap3

Flap

Flap

8

AUX4

AUX4

VPP

AUX5

Elevator2

Elevator2

Flap2

Flap2

Flap4

Flap4

Flap2

Flap2

9

AUX1

AUX1

CamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamber

10

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

Butterﬂy

VPP

ButterﬂyGear

ButterﬂyGear

ButterﬂyGear

Butterﬂy

11

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

VPP

AUX1

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

12

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

Elevator2

Elevator2

Elevator2

Elevator2

DG1

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

DG2

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

<Receiver and Servo Installation> 41

FASST MULT

GliderFASSTest 14CH
FASSTest 12CH
S-FHSSFASST 7CH

Airplane

The output
CH of eachsystemＲＸ
CH

1AileronAirplane/glider
Flying wing, Delta wing
2Aileron+1FLAP 2Aileron+2FLAP 2Aileron+4FLAP 4Aileron+2FLAP

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider1

AileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileron

2

VPP

AUX4

VPP

AUX4

VPP

AUX4

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

3

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

RudderRudderAileron3

Aileron3

4

RudderRudderRudderRudderRudderRudder

VPP

AUX4

Aileron4

Aileron4

5

Gear

AUX7

Gear

AUX6

Gear

AUX6

Flap

Flap

RudderRudder6

Aileron2

Aileron2

Flap

Flap

Flap

Flap

Flap2

Flap2

VPP

AUX4

7

AUX6

AUX6

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

Flap3

Flap3

Flap

Flap

8

AUX5

AUX5

AUX5

AUX5

Flap2

Flap2

Flap4

Flap4

Flap2

Flap2

9

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

10

CamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamber

11

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

Butterﬂy

AUX1

ButterﬂyGear

ButterﬂyGear

Butterﬂy

12

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

DG1

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

DG2

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

FASST MULT

GliderFASSTest 14CH
FASSTest 12CH
S-FHSSFASST 7CH

Airplane

The output
CH of eachsystemＲＸ
CH

2Aileron

Flying wing, Delta wing (Winglet 2 Rudder)

Airplane

Glider2Aileron+1FLAP 2Aileron+2FLAP 2Aileron+4FLAP 4Aileron+2FLAP

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

GliderAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronAileronRudder2

Rudder2

Rudder2

Rudder2

Rudder2

Rudder2

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

3

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

RudderRudderAileron3

Aileron3

4

RudderRudderRudderRudderRudderRudderRudder2

Rudder2

Aileron4

Aileron4

5

Gear

AUX7

Gear

AUX6

Gear

AUX6

Flap

Flap

RudderRudder6

Aileron2

Aileron2

Flap

Flap

Flap

Flap

Flap2

Flap2

Rudder2

Rudder2

7

VPP

AUX6

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

Flap3

Flap3

Flap

Flap

8

AUX5

AUX5

VPP

AUX5

Flap2

Flap2

Flap4

Flap4

Flap2

Flap2

9

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

10

CamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamberCamber

11

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

Butterﬂy

VPP

ButterﬂyGear

ButterﬂyGear

Butterﬂy

12

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

AUX1

Throttle

Motor

Throttle

Motor

DG1

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

DG2

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

SW

* Output channels differ by each system of a table. When using a system with few channels, there
is a wing type which cannot be used. It cannot be used when there is a function required out of
WKHUDQJHRIWKHDUURZRID¿JXUH

42 <Receiver and Servo Installation>

FASST MULT

Aileron2

FASSTest 14CH
FASSTest 12CH
S-FHSSFASST 7CH

1

The output
CH of eachsystemＲＸ
CH

2AileronHelicopter

H-4, H4X Swash

AileronAileron2

Elevator

Elevator

3

Throttle

Throttle

4

RudderRudder5

Gyro/RUD

Gyro/RUD

6

Pitch

Pitch

7

Governor

Governor

8

NeedleElevator2

9

Gyro2/AIL

Gyro2/AIL

10

Gyro3/ELE

Gyro3/ELE

11

AUX1

AUX1
AUX1

SW

SW

DG2

SW

SW

CH

All Other

H-4, H4X Swash

1

AileronAileron2

Elevator

Elevator

3

Throttle

Throttle

4

RudderElevator2● FASSTest12CH

5

Pitch

Pitch

6

Gyro/RUD

Gyro/RUD

7

Governor

Governor

8

Governor 2

Rudder9

Gyro2/AIL

Gyro2/AIL

10

Gyro3/ELE

Gyro3/ELE

DG1

SW

SW

DG2

SW

SW

FASSTest 12CH

AUX1

The output
CH of eachsystem12
DG1

FASST MULTAll Other

1

FASSTest 14CH
S-FHSSFASST 7CHCH

The output
CH of eachsystem● FASSTest14CH/FASST MULTI/FASST 7CH/S-FHSS

Ɣ6LQFH WKH FK GRHVQ W ZRUN RQ WKH FK PRGH SOHDVH DVVLJQ WKHHOHYDWRU + +;  RU WKH QHHGOH DOO RWKHU  WR  FKDQQQHO LI WKHgovernor is not used.

<Receiver and Servo Installation> 43

MODEL BASIC SETTING PROCEDURE
Airplane/glider basic setting procedure
1. Model addition and selection

3. Fuselage linkage

Initially, the T14SG assigns the first model tomodel-01 in the transmitter. The Model Selectfunction of the Linkage Menu is used to add
models and to select amongst models which are
already set.

Connect the ailerons, elevators, throttle, rudder,etc. in accordance with the model's instruction
manual. For a description of the connection
method, see the Receiver and Servos Connection.

The T14SG is capable of storing data for up
to 30 models in its internal memory. Additionalmodel data can also be saved to an optional SD
card.
The currently selected model name is displayed
LQWKHFHQWHURIWKHKRPHVFUHHQ%HIRUHÀ\LQJDQG
before changing any settings, always confirm themodel name.
When a new model is added, the Model typeselect screen and System mode setup screen
automatically appear. Please be aware that thetransmitter will stop transmitting temporarily when
you change the model.
When a new model is added, you will need to relink the receiver.

Note that even for the same "airplanemodel", when the wing type and tail typeare different, the channel assignment may
be different. (The channel assigned to eachfunction can be checked at the Function
menu of the Linkage Menu.)ŏ ,IWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVHUYRLVLQFRUUHFWDGMXVWWKHGLUHFWLRQZLWKWKH5HYHUVHIXQFWLRQRIWKH
/LQNDJH0HQXŏ $GMXVW WKH QHXWUDO SRVLWLRQ DQG FRQWUROVXUIDFH DQJOH ZLWK WKH OLQNDJH DQG ILQH
WXQH WKHP ZLWK WKH 6XE7ULP DQG (QG 3RLQWIXQFWLRQV DQJOHDGMXVWPHQW 7RSURWHFWWKH
OLQNDJHDOLPLWSRVLWLRQFDQDOVREHVHWZLWKWKH(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQ7KH(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQ
FDQDGMXVWWKHDPRXQWRIXSGRZQDQGOHIWULJKWPRYHPHQWDQGOLPLWRIHDFKFKDQQHO

2. Model type selection
Select the model type matched to the aircraftwith the Model Type select function of the Linkage
Menu. For an airplane, select the model type fromamong the 2 types: airplane and glider. And thenselect the wing type and the tail type matched tothe aircraft.

44 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>

4. Throttle cut setting (Airplane)
Throttle cut can be performed with one touch by aswitch without changing the throttle trim position.
Set throttle cut with the Throttle Cut function of
the Linkage Menu. After activating the throttle cut
function and selecting the switch, adjust the throttle
position so that the carburetor becomes fully closed.
For safety, the throttle cut function operates thethrottle stick in the 1/3 or less (slow side) position.

The offset amount of the aileron, elevator, andflap servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the
VSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQ
be adjusted. You can also set the Auto Mode, which
will link Airbrake to a stick, switch, or dial. A
separate stick switch or dial can also be set as the
ON/OFF switch.

5. Idle down setting (Airplane)
The idling speed can be lowered with one touchby a switch without changing the throttle trim
position. Perform this setting with the Idle Downfunction of the Linkage Menu. After activating the
Idle Down function and selecting the switch, adjust
the idle down speed. For safety, the idle downfunction acts only when the throttle stick is in thelowest part of its throw.
*While the Throttle Cut function is in operation, the Idle
Down function does not work.

$GGLWLRQRIÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV *OLGHUThe Condition Select function automaticallyallocates the normal condition (NORMAL) for
each model. NORMAL is the default condition andis the only one active when a new model type is
GH¿QHG,I\RXZDQWWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVSOHDVHUHIHU
to a description of the CONDITION function.

6. D/R function
D/R function is used to adjust the throw andoperation curve of the stick functions (aileron,elevator, rudder and throttle) for each switch
SRVLWLRQ DLUSODQH RUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ JOLGHU 
7KLVLVQRUPDOO\XVHGDIWHUWKHPRGHOHUKDVGH¿QHG
the maximum throw directions in the End Point
settings.
(Airplane)*The NORMAL is always on, and remains on until otherconditions are activated by switches, stick positions, etc.
Please refer to the section entitled Switch Selection Method
for additional information on how to do so.
*It is possible to customize the activation of the flight
conditions.
*The Condition Delay can be programmed for each channel.
The Condition Delay is used to change the servo throwsmoothly when switching conditions.

(Glider)

7. Airbrake (Airplane)
This function is used when an airbrake isnecessary when taking off or diving, etc. Please
note: this menu item is only available under certain
ZLQJFRQ¿JXUDWLRQV)RUH[DPSOHLWZLOOQRWDSSHDU
if a single aileron wing type has been selected.
7KHSUHVHWHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSRIIVHWDPRXQWFDQ
be activated by a switch.
<Model Basic Setting Procedure> 45

Helicopter basic setting procedure
This section outlines examples of use of the helicopter functions of the T14SG. Adjust the actual values,
etc. to match the fuselage used.
functions for the chosen model type. Six swash types areavailable for helicopters.
*For a description of the swash type selection, refer to the
MODEL TYPE function.

1. Model addition and selection
Initially, the T14SG assigns the first model tomodel-01 in the transmitter. To add new models
or to select a model already programmed, use theModel Select function of the Linkage Menu.

3. Flight condition addition
7KHWUDQVPLWWHURIIHUVXSWR¿YHÀLJKWFRnditions
per model.

This is convenient when selecting a model
after entering the model's names in advance. The
T14SG is capable of storing up to 30 models in thetransmitter's internal memory. Additional models
can also be stored in an optional SD card.
The currently selected model is displayed in
the middle of the screen. Before flying and beforechanging any settings, always confirm the model
name.
When a new model is added, the Model Type selectscreen and system mode setup screen automaticallyappear. Change, or check that they match the swash
type and receiver type of the model used.
When a new model is added, you will need to relink the receiver.

The Condition Select function automatically
DOORFDWHV¿YHFRQGLWLRQVIRUKHOLFRSWHUV







,QLWLDOVHWWLQJŏ1250$/ŏ,'/(83 6:(ŏ,'/(83 6:(ŏ,'/(83 6:)
ŏ+2/' +ROGVZLWFKLVQRWDVVLJQHGLQLWLDOO\
Note: Since you may accidentally activate
a condition that not previously setup duringÁLJKWZKLFKFRXOGFDXVHDFUDVKZHVXJJHVW
deleting conditions that are not used.
*For a description of the condition deletion, refer to theCondition Select function.

2. Model type and swash type selection
If a different model type is already selected,
select helicopter with the Model Type function of
the Linkage Menu, and then select the swash typematched to the helicopter.

The NORMAL condition is always on, andremains on until other conditions are activated byswitches.
The priority is throttle hold/idle up 3/idle up 2/
idle up 1/normal. Throttle hold has the highest
priority.
The Condition Delay can be programmed foreach channel and condition. The Condition Delayis used to change the servo throw smoothly whenswitching conditions.
*HQHUDOÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVHWWLQJH[DPSOH
ŏ1RUPDO 8VHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJFRQGLWLRQVRSHUDWH
ZKHQVZLWFK2))
8VHIURPHQJLQHVWDUWLQJWRKRYHULQJ

ŏ,GOHXS 2SHUDWHDW6:(FHQWHU
8VHLQVWDOOWXUQORRSDQGRWKHUPDQHXYHUVŏ,GOHXS 2SHUDWHDW6:(IRUZDUGVLGH*The Model Type function automatically selects theappropriate output channels, control functions, and mixing

8VHLQUROOVŏ7KURWWOHKROG 2SHUDWHDW6:*IRUZDUGVLGH
8VHLQDXWRURWDWLRQ

46 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>

4. Servo Connection

5. Throttle/Pitch curve setting

Connect the throttle rudder, aileron, elevator,
pitch, and other servos in accordance with the
kit instruction manual. For a description of theconnection method, see "Receiver and Servos
Connection".

This function adjusts the throttle or pitch
operation curve in relation to the movement of thethrottle stick for each condition.

Note: The channel assigned to each function
can be checked at the Function menu of the
Linkage Menu.

7KURWWOHFXUYHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH!
Activate the throttle curve of each condition withthe condition select switch.
ŏ1RUPDOFXUYHDGMXVWPHQWŏ ,I WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI RSHUDWLRQ RI WKH VHUYR
LV LQFRUUHFW XVH WKH 5HYHUVH IXQFWLRQ RI
WKH /LQNDJH 0HQX $OVR XVH WKH VZDVK $)5
IXQFWLRQLQRWKHUWKDQWKH+PRGH

1RUPDO FXUYH FUHDWHV D EDVLF WKURWWOH FXUYH
FHQWHUHG QHDU KRYHULQJ 7KLV FXUYH LV DGMXVWHG
WRJHWKHUZLWKWKHSLWFKFXUYH 1RUPDO VRWKDWWKH
HQJLQH VSHHG LV FRQVWDQW DQG XSGRZQ FRQWURO LV
HDVLHVWŏ,GOHXSFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
7KH ORZ VLGH 7KURWWOH FXUYH FUHDWHV D FXUYHPDWFKHGIRUDHUREDWLFV ORRSUROO'HWF 

ŏ7KURWWOHKROGFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW&RQÀUPWKDWWKHUDWHRIWKHVORZHVWSRVLWLRQ  RIWKHVWLFNLV LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ <([DPSOHRISLWFKFXUYHVHWWLQJ!
ŏ$GMXVWWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQRIWKHJ\UR*\URVLGHIXQFWLRQŏ &RQQHFW WKH WKURWWOH OLQNDJH VR WKDW WKHFDUEXUHWRUFDQIXOO\FORVHDWIXOOWULPWKURWWOH
FXWŏ$GMXVWWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQDWWKHOLQNDJHVLGH
DQGÀQHWXQHZLWKWKH6XE7ULPIXQFWLRQDQG
(QG 3RLQW IXQFWLRQ 7R SURWHFW WKH OLQNDJH
DOLPLWSRVLWLRQFDQDOVREHVHWZLWKWKH(QG
3RLQWIXQFWLRQ

Activate the pitch curve of each condition withthe condition select switch.
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH 1RUPDO
0DNHWKHSLWFKDWKRYHULQJDSSUR[LPDWHO\º~6º
6HW WKH SLWFK DW KRYHULQJ ZLWK WKH VWLFN SRVLWLRQ DW
WKHSRLQWDVWKHVWDQGDUG
*Stability at hovering may be connected to the throttle curve.
Adjustment is easy by using the hovering throttle function
and hovering pitch function together.

ŏ3LWFKFXUYH ,GOHXS
7KHLGOHXSSLWFKFXUYHIXQFWLRQFUHDWHVDFXUYHPDWFKHGWRDLUERUQHÁLJKW
6HWWRºaºDVVWDQGDUG

ŏ3LWFKFXUYH ,GOHXS
7KHKLJKVLGHSLWFKVHWWLQJLVOHVVWKDQLGOHXS
7KHVWDQGDUGLVºŏ3LWFKFXUYH +ROG
$W DXWR URWDWLRQ XVH WKH PD[LPXP SLWFK DW ERWKWKHKLJKDQGORZVLGHVŏ6ZDVKSODWHFRUUHFWLRQ ([FHSW+PRGH*If any interactions are noticed, for a description of thelinkage correction function, please refer to the SWASH
function.

>3LWFKDQJOHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH@
7KURWWOHKROGºaº<Model Basic Setting Procedure> 47

6. D/R function
D/R function is used to adjust the throw andoperation curve of aileron, elevator and rudder foreach condition.
*For throttle and pitch curve settings, refer to the aforementioned "Throttle/Pitch curve setting"

7KLVLVQRUPDOO\XVHGDIWHU(QG3RLQWKDVGH¿QHG
the maximum throw directions.

function from the Model Menu, and set the curvefor each condition. (At initial setting, this function
is in the "INH" state. To use it, set it to the "ON"state.)
6HWWLQJH[DPSOH!
Activate the mixing curve of each condition withthe condition select switch.
$FXUYHVHWWLQJH[DPSOHLVVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJFXUYH 1RUPDO
8VH WKH KRYHULQJ V\VWHP DQG VHW WKLV FXUYH WR
PDWFKWDNHRIIDQGODQGLQJDQGYHUWLFDOFOLPEDWD
FRQVWDQWVSHHG

ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJ ,GOHXS*\URVHQVLWLYLW\DQGPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
The gyro sensitivity and mode switching
function is utilized to adjust the gyro mixing of themodel, and can be set for each condition.

8VHWKLVFXUYHLQVWDOOWXUQORRSDQGDGMXVWLWVRWKHIXVHODJH LV IDFLQJ VWUDLJKW DKHDG ZKHQ KHDGLQJLQWRWKHZLQG

ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJ +ROG
7KLV IXQFWLRQ LV VHW VR WKDW WKH IXVHODJH LV IDFLQJVWUDLJKW DKHDG DW VWUDLJKW OLQH DXWR URWDWLRQ 7KHSLWFKRIWKHWDLOURWRUEHFRPHVQHDUO\º

9. Throttle hold settingŏ 1RUPDOFRQGLWLRQ KRYHULQJ *\URVHQVLWLYLW\PD[LPXPŏ ,GOH XS ,GOH XS 7KURWWOH KROG *\URVHQVLWLYLW\PLQLPXPŏ +RZHYHU GXULQJ DXWR URWDWLRQV ZLWK D WDLOGULYHQKHOLFRSWHUWKLVIXQFWLRQPD\QRWKDYHDQ\HIIHFWRQWKHKLJKJ\URVHQVLWLYLW\3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJVHWWLQJ
Note: When using a Futaba GY Gyro, or otherheading hold gyro, this Pitch to RUD mixing
should not be used. The reaction torque iscorrected by the gyro. When operating the
gyro in the AVCS mode, the mixed signal willcause neutral deviation symptoms and the
gyro will not operate normally.

*If throttle hold is necessary, please refer to the THR HOLD
function.

10. Throttle cut setting
Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop the
HQJLQHE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN
at idle. The action is not functional at high throttle
to avoid accidental dead sticks. The switch’s
location and direction must be chosen, as it defaults
to NULL.

*With throttle stick at idle, adjust the cut position until theengine consistently shuts off, but throttle linkage is notbinding.

Use this function when you want to suppress
the torque generated by the changes in the pitchand speed of the main rotor during pitch operation.
Adjust it so that the nose does not swing in therudder direction. However, when using a heading
hold gyro like those shown above, do not use Pitch
to rudder mixing.
Activate the Pitch to rudder (Pit -->RUD) mixing

48 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>6ZDVK0L[FRUUHFWVDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQG
pitch interaction
The swash mix function is used to correct theswash plate in the aileron (Left/Right Cyclic)
and elevator (Forward/Aft Cyclic) direction
corresponding to each operation of each condition.

7KURWWOHPL[LQJVHWWLQJ*If throttle mixing is necessary for a compensation forslowing of engine speed caused by swash plate operation
during aileron or elevator operation, please refer to the
THROTTLE MIX function.

2WKHUVSHFLDOPL[LQJV
ŏ3LWFKWR1HHGOHPL[LQJ
7KLVPL[LQJLVXVHGZLWKHQJLQHVZLWKDGHVLJQZKLFKDOORZV QHHGOH FRQWURO GXULQJ IOLJKW IXHODLU PL[WXUHDGMXVWPHQW $QHHGOHFXUYHFDQEHVHWŏ*RYHUQRUPL[LQJ
7KLV PL[LQJ LV GHGLFDWHG JRYHUQRU PL[LQJ ZKHQ D
JRYHUQRULVXVHG

<Model Basic Setting Procedure> 49

SYSTEM MENUThe System Menu sets up functions of thetransmitter: This does not set up any model data.

ŏ &DOO WKH V\VWHP PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\WRXFKLQJ WKH 6<6 EXWWRQ WZLFH DW WKH KRPH
VFUHHQHWF
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFW >6<67(0 0(18@
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH KRPH
VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKHRTN EXWWRQ 2UDHOME/
EXITEXWWRQLVSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU

ŏ$FFHVVVHWXSVFUHHQ
RETURNŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQSystem Menu functions table[TRAINER]: Starts and sets the trainer system.
[DISPLAY]: LCD and back-light adjustment[USER NAME]: User name registration[SOUND]: Turns off the buzzer.
[H/W SET]: H/W reverse, calibration and stick mode
[START SEL.]: Immediately, a model selection can be performed[AUTO LOCK]: The automatic lock function of two kinds of touch sensors[INFO]: Displays the program version, SD card information, product ID, and language selection.
[SBUS SERVO]: S.BUS servo setting.

50 <Functions of System Menu>

7UDLQHUV\VWHPVWDUWLQJDQGVHWWLQJ

TRAINER

T14SG trainer system makes it possible for the
instructor to chose which channels and operation
modes that can be used in the students transmitter.
The function and rate of each channel can beset, the training method can also be matched tothe student's skill level. Two transmitters must beconnected by an optional Trainer Cord, and theInstructors’ transmitter should be programmed fortrainer operation, as described below.
When the Instructor activates the trainer switch,
the student has control of the aircraft (if MIX/FUNC/NORM mode is turned on, the Instructor
can make corrections while the student has control).
When the switch is released the Instructor regains
control. This is very useful if the student gets theaircraft into an undesirable situation.
ŏ6HWWLQJGDWDDUHVWRUHGWRPRGHOGDWD
ŏ6WXGHQWUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHGDW0,;)81&
1250PRGH
ŏ$FWLYDWHGVWXGHQWFKDQQHOVFDQEHVHOHFWHGE\VZLWFKHVNOTE: This trainer system can be used in thefollowing manner;
1. With the T14SG transmitter and a conventionaltransmitter, if the channel order is different,
it is necessary to match the channel order
before using this function.
You can select the channel of input datafrom student's transmitter in the "FUNC" or"MIX" mode.
2. When the T14SG is used as the instructor’stransmitter, set the modulation mode of thestudent’s transmitter to PPM.
If being used as the student, T14SG can beconnected to the instructor's transmitter which
the PPM mode as the student's modulation
mode is required. T14SG always sends PPM
mode signal from the trainer jack.
3. Be sure that all channels work correctly in
ERWKWUDQVPLWWHUVEHIRUHÁ\LQJ

Corresponding types of transmitters and trainer mode settings:
7\SHVRIWUDQVPLWWHUV,QVWUXFWRU

6WXGHQW

76*70= 76*70=
70=);
76*
7=7)*
);
76*
76*
76*
76*
70=);
7=7)*);7)*);
7&7&*
7&7&
7&7-,QVWUXFWRU VWUDQVPLWWHUVHWWLQJV
6\VWHP7\SH
7UDLQHUVHWWLQJ
0RGPRGH&+PRGH

7UDLQHU&RUGV&+$UELWUDU\&+-$UELWUDU\&+

3&0*
*

&+

330

$UELWUDU\

&+
&+

)$6670/7
)$66708/7--$UELWUDU\

&+

330

-

-

7)* )870$UELWUDU\$UELWUDU\&+&+$UELWUDU\$UELWUDU\--

7)* )870

76*$UELWUDU\&+$UELWUDU\

&+

-

76*

$UELWUDU\&+$UELWUDU\

&+

-

76*

$UELWUDU\-$UELWUDU\&+-7)*);
7&7&7&7(;7(;7&*7&7-7-$UELWUDU\

6WXGHQW VWUDQVPLWWHUVHWWLQJV
6\VWHP7\SH
7UDLQHUVHWWLQJ
0RGPRGH&+PRGH
0RGPRGH7)* )870 
DQG& )870 
7UDLQHU&RUGV7)* )870 
DQG& )870 
7UDLQHU&RUGV<Functions of System Menu> 51ŏ6HOHFW>75$,1(5@LQWKH6\VWHPPHQXDQGHQWHUWKH
VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHPPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN

Mode and switch selection
$FFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ SDJH  VKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH6EXWWRQWKUHHWLPHV

Note: The trainer function won’t be turnedon unless the Instructor's transmitter receives
signals from the student's transmitter. Be
sure to confirm this after connecting yourtrainer cable.

Operating mode selection
6HWXSVFUHHQSDJH0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >$&7@ RU >&+@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV 7RXFK WKH 571EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH PRGH 7R WHUPLQDWHWKHPRGHFKDQJHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ $&7(QDEOHRSHUDWLRQE\FKDQJLQJWR>2))@
RU>21@ &+:KHQWKHVWXGHQWXVHVWKH76*
70= 7= 7)* RU ); VHOHFW >&+@
2WKHUZLVHVHOHFW>&+@
,IFKDQJLQJWKHWUDLQHUVZLWFK0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH VZLWFK VHWXSVFUHHQ 6HH6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGDWWKHHQGRIWKLVPDQXDOIRUVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGGHWDLOV 6:6HOHFWWKHGHVLUHGVZLWFK ,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ6+*The switch mode can also be selected when setting the ON
position on the switch setup screen. When [ALTERNATE
OFF] is selected, normal ON/OFF operation is performed.
When [ALTERNATE ON] is selected, the trainer functionis alternately turned on and off each time the switch isoperated. This allows alternate ON/OFF switching evenwhen a momentary switch (SH) is used.

52 <Functions of System Menu>

0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP RI WKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV 7RXFK WKH 571EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH PRGH 7R WHUPLQDWHWKHPRGHFKDQJHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ 02'(6HOHFWWKHGHVLUHGRSHUDWLRQPRGH
IRUHDFKFKDQQHONORM: The model is controlled by signals from the student
transmitter.
MIX mode: The model is controlled by signals from the
instructor and student transmitters. (Reset the student's
model data to the default condition.)
FUNC mode (function mode): The model is controlled bysignals from the student transmitter with the instructor 's
setting. (Reset the student's model data to the default
condition.)
OFF: Only the instructor side operates.

Adjusting the student's rate.
*This can be adjusted for students who may need lower rates
than a more experienced student.

0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >5$7(@ LWHP RI WKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU 5$7($GMXVWWKHGHVLUHGUDWH
 6HWWLQJUDQJHa ,QLWLDOYDOXH
*When you want to reset the value to the initial state, touch
the RTN button for one second.

7R HQG DGMXVWPHQW WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Changing the student's channel*The setting above allows setting of the channel assignmentof student side when [MIX] or [FUNC] was selected.

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>678&+@LWHPRIWKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH FKDQQHO E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV 7RXFK WKH 571EXWWRQWRFKDQJHWKHFKDQQHO 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHPRGHFKDQJHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ 678 &+ 0DWFK WKH FKDQQHO RUGHU RI WKH,QVWUXFWRU V DQG VWXGHQW V WUDQVPLWWHU 7KLVIXQFWLRQ ZLOO KHOS LI ERWK WUDQVPLWWHUV DUH LQ
GLIIHUHQWPRGHVRUWKH0DVWHUKDVDGLIIHUHQWZLQJ W\SH VHW XS 7KH VWXGHQW FDQ EH VHWWR PDWFK WKH 0DVWHU ZLWKRXW DQ\ SK\VLFDO
FKDQJHVEHLQJPDGH

<Functions of System Menu> 53

DISPLAY/&'DQGEDFNOLJKWDGMXVWPHQWXQLWV\VWHP

LCD contrast, back-light brightness and backlight off-timer adjustment are possible:
Moreover, a display unit can be chosen from themetric system or yard/pound.

ŏ6HOHFW>',63/$<@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHPPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q . 2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHRETURNLCD contrast adjustment
6HOHFW&2175$67DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGHDQGDGMXVWWKHFRQWUDVWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU &2175$67 $GMXVW WKH FRQWUDVW WR WKHGHVLUHG YDOXH ZKLOH ZDWFKLQJ WKH VFUHHQGLVSOD\ 6HWWLQJUDQJH /LJKWHU WR 'DUNHU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH*When you want to reset the value to the initial state, touch
the RTN button for one second.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Back-light brightness adjustment
6HOHFW %5,*+71(66 DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGHDQG
DGMXVW WKH EDFNOLJKW EULJKWQHVV E\ VFUROOLQJ
WKHWRXFKVHQVRU %5,*+71(66 $GMXVW WKH EULJKWQHVV WR WKHGHVLUHG YDOXH ZKLOH ZDWFKLQJ WKH VFUHHQGLVSOD\ 6HWWLQJUDQJH2))WR /LJKWHU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH*When you want to reset the value to the initial state, touch
the RTN button for one second.

54 <Functions of System Menu>

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Back-light off-timer
6HOHFW2))7,0(5DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGHDQGDGMXVWWKHEDFNOLJKWRIIWLPHUE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU 2))7,0(5$GMXVWWKHWLPHZKHQWKHEDFNOLJKW WXUQV RII DIWHU RSHUDWLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU 6HWWLQJ UDQJH  WR  VHF HDFK  VHF 2)) DOZD\VRQ
 ,QLWLDOYDOXHVHF*When you want to reset the value to the initial state, touch
the RTN button for one second.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Unit system adjustment
6HOHFW 81,7 6<6 DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGHDQGDGMXVWWKHXQLWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU 6HWWLQJUDQJH 0(75,& RU <$5'3281'
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

USER NAME

8VHUQDPHUHJLVWUDWLRQThis function allows the modelers to change the
T14SG user name.
*A name of up to 10 characters can be entered as the username. Please note that a space is also counted as one
character.

ŏ6HOHFW >86(5 1$0(@ DW WKH 6\VWHP PHQX DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
8VHUQDPH FDQGLGDWH<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHPPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRURETURN

User name registration&KDUDFWHUOLVW

&KDQJHWKHXVHUQDPHDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ
 >0RYLQJFXUVRULQXVHUQDPH FDQGLGDWH @ 6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 >'HOHWLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
 :KHQ>'(/(7(@LVVHOHFWHGDQGWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKHFKDUDFWHULPPHGLDWHO\DIWHU
WKHFXUVRULVGHOHWHG
 >$GGLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
 :KHQ D FKDUDFWHU LV VHOHFWHG IURP WKHFKDUDFWHUOLVWDQGWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHG
WKDW FKDUDFWHU LV DGGHG DW WKH SRVLWLRQLPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHFXUVRU&KDUDFWHUOLVW

&KDUDFWHUOLVW*A name of up to 10 characters long can be entered as theuser name. (A space is also counted as 1 character.) 8SRQ FRPSOHWLQJ WKH LQSXW VHOHFW >(17(5@
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ 7R WHUPLQDWHLQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH VHOHFW
>&$1&(/@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ

<Functions of System Menu> 55

SOUND

7XUQVRIIWKHEX]]HU

The warning sound and other sounds of the
T14SG transmitter can be turned off.
*When “WARNING” was set to OFF, the no operation alarm(30 minutes), mixing warning sound, and low battery alarmsounds also turned off.

ŏ 6HOHFW >6281'@ DW WKH V\VWHP PHQX DQG DFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHPPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q . 2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG
RETURN

On/off operation
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >7,0(5@>:$51,1*@
RU >27+(5 6281'@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH 21 RU 2)) E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU*The display blinks.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ

56 <Functions of System Menu>

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH

H/W SETTING+DUGZDUHUHYHUVHDQGVWLFNPRGH

H/W reverse
This function reverses the operation direction of
the sticks, switches, trimmer levers, and knobs.
Note: This setting reverses the actual operation
signal, but does not change the display
indicators. Use the Normal mode as long as
there is no special reason to use the Reverse
mode.

Note: This will not change the throttle ratchet,etc. Those are mechanical changes thatmust be performed by a Futaba service
center.
Note: After changing the mode, these changes
are only applied to new models. It is notapplied to an existing model.

Stick calibration
J1-J4 stick correction can be performed.

Stick modeThis function changes the stick mode oftransmitter.

ŏ6HOHFW>+:6(7@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHPPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU

ŏ$FFHVVVHWXSVFUHHQ

RETURN

Operation direction reversal method

Changing stick mode

6HOHFW>+:5(9(56(@DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571EXWWRQ6HOHFW >67,&. 02'(@ DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXSVFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571EXWWRQ0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP FRUUHVSRQGLQJ
WR WKH +: KDUGZDUH  \RX ZDQW WR UHYHUVH
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV :KHQ WKH 571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKHRSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQLV
UHYHUVHG 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH PRGH FKDQJHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ 12501RUPDORSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQ 5(92SHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG

 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 67,&. 02'( LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH PRGH 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV :KHQ
WKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKHVWLFNPRGHLV
FKDQJHG 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH PRGH FKDQJHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ

(J3)

(J2)
(J4)

0RGH





-
$LOHURQ$LOHURQ
5XGGHU
5XGGHU-
7KURWWOH(OHYDWRU
7KURWWOH(OHYDWRU(J1)-(OHYDWRU
7KURWWOH(OHYDWRU
7KURWWOH-
5XGGHU
5XGGHU$LOHURQ$LOHURQ<Functions of System Menu> 57

Stick calibration method*J3 and J4 correction is described below. J1 and J2
corrections are performed using the same procedure.

6HOHFW >&$/,%5$7,21@ DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXSVFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571EXWWRQ0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH -- EXWWRQ DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ0RYHWKH-RU-VWLFNVWRWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
DQGSUHVVWKH571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG

6HW WKH - DQG - VWLFNV IXOO\ WR WKH ERWWRPULJKWDQGZDLWXQWLOWKHEX]]HUVRXQGV6HWWKH-DQG-VWLFNVIXOO\WRWKHWRSOHIWDQG
ZDLWXQWLOWKHEX]]HUVRXQGV  7 K H  D E R Y H  F R P S O H W H V  W K H  F R U U H F W L R QRSHUDWLRQ 2SHUDWH DQG FKHFN LI VWLFNFRUUHFWLRQZDVSHUIRUPHGQRUPDOO\

58 <Functions of System Menu>

START SEL.

,PPHGLDWHO\DPRGHOVHOHFWLRQFDQEHSHUIRUPHG

START SEL is a function which starts and canperform a model selection immediately.
Each time, it is convenient for the modeler
which is enjoying two or more models by one of atransmitter.

turned ON. With a few quick touches, it is possible
to change models whereas before it would requirea multi-step process. The T14SG stores up to fourmodels in the Quick Select offerings.

Quick Select Screen

When the transmitter is turned on, it will open to
the Model Selection Screen immediately.

As the name suggests, the Quick Model SelectFunction enables the modeler to change theselected models rapidly each time the transmitter isModel Select Screen<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHPPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG
RETURN

Setting Up and Adjusting the Quick Select Models
7KH 6WDUW 6HOHFWLRQ 67$57 6(/  PHQX LV
DFFHVVHG WKURXJK WKH 76* 6\VWHP 0HQX
7XUQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU 21 DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH
6<6 6\VWHP  EXWWRQ WZR WLPHV  8VH WKH6HQVRU7RXFKWRKLJKOLJKWWKH6WDUW6HOHFWLRQ
67$57 6(/  DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ 571 
EXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKHVHOHFWLRQ7KH 6WDUW 6HOHFWLRQ 67$57 6(/  PHQX RSWLRQGHIDXOWV WR 2)) PHDQLQJ WKDW 4XLFN 6HOHFWDQG 0RGHO 6HOHFW DUH QRW DSSOLFDEOH  7R
DFWLYDWH WKH 4XLFN 6HOHFW RU 0RGHO 6HOHFW
XVH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK WR VFUROO WR WKH 2))VHWWLQJ DV GHQRWHG LQ WKH LPDJH  :LWK WKH2)) LQGLFDWLRQ KLJKOLJKWHG SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ
571 EXWWRQDQGURWDWHWKH6HQVRU7RXFKRQFH
DJDLQWRVFUROODPRQJVWWKHRSWLRQV:LWKWKH
4XLFN6HOHFW 48,&.6(/ LQGLFDWHGSUHVVWKH
5HWXUQ 571 EXWWRQRQFHDJDLQWRPDNHWKH
GHVLUHGVHOHFWLRQDVLQGLFDWHG

activated, there are two additional options available
for customization; ALWAYS and MDL (Model).
These options determine if/when the Quick Selectinformation will appear on-screen. ALWAYS,
as the name suggests, indicates that each time
the transmitter is powered-up, the Quick Selectinformation will appear on-screen. The MDL(Model) setting indicates that the Quick Selectinformation will appear on-screen only when
the MDL button is pressed simultaneously as thetransmitter is turned ON. With the Quick Selectmode highlighted, use the SensorTouch to move tothe activation setting options. Model (MDL) is thedefault setting. Press the Return (RTN) button tobring forth the options, then scroll to the ALWAYS
setting using the SensorTouch pad. Press the Return571 EXWWRQRQFHDJDLQWR¿QDOL]HWKHVHOHFWLRQ

Quick Select Activation:
With the Quick Select (QUICK SEL.) option<Functions of System Menu> 59

Model Select Screen
Assigning models to the sensor buttons:
There are four sensors/buttons that correspond This allows the Model Select screen to be accessedwith the SensorTouch: Link (LNK), Model (MDL) immediately upon turning ON the transmitter.
System (SYS) and S1. As such, it is possible to offer* Please note: this function cannot be utilized at the same timeas the Quick Select function. If more than four models are
up to four models available through the Quick SelectÀRZQUHJXODUO\ZHVXJJHVWWKDWWKH0RGHO6HOHFWIXQFWLRQEH
IXQFWLRQ:HVXJJHVWXVLQJWKHPRGHOVWKDW\RXÀ\utilized as it will save time when selecting the desired aircraft.
most often.
,IIRXURUIHZHUPRGHOVDUHÀRZQWKH4XLFN6HOHFWRSWLRQ
would be the best choice.
8VH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK VFUROO WR WKH GHVLUHG
* Please note: the Model Select function does not allow access
VHQVRUEXWWRQIRUWKHÀUVWPRGHOIRUH[DPSOH
to the RENAME, COPY or DELETE options. To utilize one/LQN /1. of these options, please access the Model Select screen in
:LWK WKH LQSXW QH[W WR WKH GHVLUHG VHQVRU
the typical manner as described in the complete instruction
KLJKOLJKWHGSUHVVWKH5HWXUQ 571 EXWWRQRQH
manual.
WLPH
7KH
6WDUW 6HOHFWLRQ 67$57 6(/  PHQX LV
8VLQJ WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK VFUROO WKURXJK WKHDFFHVVHG WKURXJK WKH 76*·V 6\VWHP 0HQXDYDLODEOH PRGHOV  7R VHOHFW WKH GHVLUHG
7XUQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU 21 DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKHPRGHOSUHVVWKH5HWXUQ 571 EXWWRQ
6<6 6\VWHP  EXWWRQ WZR WLPHV  8VH WKH5HSHDWDVGHVLUHGIRUWKHUHPDLQLQJVHQVRUV6HQVRU7RXFKWRKLJKOLJKWWKH6WDUW6HOHFWLRQ
67$57 6(/  DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ 571 
EXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKHVHOHFWLRQ

Using the sensors to select the model:
7XUQ 21 WKH WUDQVPLWWHU DFWLYDWLQJ WKH4XLFN 6HOHFW VFUHHQ  ,I 0RGHO 0'/  KDV
EHHQ VHOHFWHG SOHDVH EH VXUH WR SUHVV WKH0RGHO 0'/  VHQVRU ZKHQ SRZHULQJ XS WKHWUDQVPLWWHU

7KH 6WDUW 6HOHFWLRQ 67$57 6(/  PHQX RSWLRQGHIDXOWV WR 2)) PHDQLQJ WKDW 4XLFN 6HOHFWDQG 0RGHO 6HOHFW DUH QRW DSSOLFDEOH  7R
DFWLYDWHWKH4XLFN6HOHFWRU0RGHO6HOHFWXVH
WKH6HQVRU7RXFKWRVFUROOWRWKH2))VHWWLQJDVGHQRWHGLQWKHLPDJH:LWKWKH2))LQGLFDWLRQKLJKOLJKWHGSUHVVWKH5HWXUQ 571 EXWWRQDQG
URWDWH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK RQFH DJDLQ WR VFUROO
WR WKH 0RGHO 6HOHFW 02'(/ 6(/   3UHVV WKH5HWXUQ 571  EXWWRQ RQFH DJDLQ WR DFWLYDWH
0RGHO6HOHFWDVLQGLFDWHG

* Please note: Even if the Quick Select function is active, thePower Mode screen will appear when the transmitter is turned
ON while simultaneously pressing the Return (RTN) button.

 7R VHOHFW WKH PRGHO DVVLJQHG WR D SDUWLFXODUVHQVRU GRXEOHFOLFN WKH GHVLUHG VHQVRU  )RUH[DPSOH02'(/LVDVVLJQHGWR6GRXEOH
Model Select Activation:
FOLFN6WREULQJIRUWKDOOVHWWLQJVHWFIRU0RGHO With the Model Select (MODEL SEL.) option  7KH 76* RIIHUV DQ DXGLEOH DQG YLVXDO
activated, there are two additional options availableFRQÀUPDWLRQDVWKHVHOHFWHGPRGHOPHPRU\LV
for customization; ALWAYS and MDL (Model).
FKDQJHGDFFRUGLQJO\* If the Return (RTN) button is double-clicked, the T14SG thecurrent model is selected as indicated on the display. That is,
the model that was used prior to the last time the transmitter
was turned OFF.

60 <Functions of System Menu>

These options determine if/when the Model Selectinformation will appear on-screen. ALWAYS,
as the name suggests, indicates that each time
the transmitter is powered-up, the Model Selectinformation will appear on-screen. The MDL(Model) setting indicates that the Model Selectinformation will appear on-screen only when
the MDL button is pressed simultaneously as thetransmitter is turned ON.
With the Model Select mode highlighted, use theSensorTouch to move to the activation setting
options. Model (MDL) is the default setting. Press
the Return (RTN) button to bring forth the options,then scroll to the ALWAYS setting using the
SensorTouch pad. Press the Return (RTN) button
RQFHDJDLQWR¿QDOL]HWKHVHOHFWLRQ

Using the Model Select Function:
7XUQ 21 WKH WUDQVPLWWHU DFWLYDWLQJ WKH0RGHO 6HOHFW VFUHHQ  ,I 0RGHO 0'/  KDV
EHHQ VHOHFWHG SOHDVH EH VXUH WR SUHVV WKH0RGHO 0'/  VHQVRU ZKHQ SRZHULQJ XS WKHWUDQVPLWWHU
*Please note: Even if the Model Select function is active, thePower Mode screen will appear when the transmitter is turned
ON while simultaneously pressing the Return (RTN) button.

7KH 6HQVRU7RXFK LV XVHG WR VHOHFW DPRQJVWWKH RQVFUHHQ PRGHOV 7KH FXUUHQW PRGHOZLOO DXWRPDWLFDOO\ EH  KLJKOLJKWHG ZKHQ WKHWUDQVPLWWHULVWXUQHG21,IDGLIIHUHQWPRGHOLV
GHVLUHGXVHWKH6HQVRU7RXFKWRVFUROOWKURXJK
WKH DYDLODEOH RSWLRQV HDFK KLJKOLJKWHGDFFRUGLQJO\  $JDLQ WR VHOHFW D PRGHO
SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ 571  EXWWRQ DFFRUGLQJO\
7KH 76* RIIHUV DQ DXGLEOH DQG YLVXDO
FRQÀUPDWLRQDVWKHVHOHFWHGPRGHOPHPRU\LV
FKDQJHG

<Functions of System Menu> 61

AUTO LOCK

7KHDXWRPDWLFORFNIXQFWLRQRIWZRNLQGVRI6HQVRU7RXFKThe Auto Lock function makes it possible to lockthe transmitter to prevent any unwanted input from
\RXUKDQGVZKLOHÀ\LQJ
The auto lock function can be set in two ways.
LOCK TIMER
Auto Lock functions automatically when there is
no operation from the HOME screen display for achosen number of seconds.
● Manual lock

START LOCK
Auto Lock functions automatically when themodel changes or power is turned on.
*To temporarily allow access to the T14SG programmingpress and hold the S1 or HOME/EXIT bitton for one second.
Please note, the Auto Lock function timer will resume
immediately once again.

If HOME/EXIT button is touched 1
second or more from a HOME screen,a SensorTouch locks manually.

● Manual lockIf S1 button is touched 1 secondor more from a HOME screen, a
SensorTouch locks manually.
<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHPPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q . 2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG
RETURN

Auto lock method
2SHQ WKH $XWR ORFN VFUHHQ LQ WKH V\VWHPPHQX● Lock release
Every lock function's touch [ 1 secondor more ] of S1 button will release thelock.
● Lock release
Every lock function's touch [ 1 secondor more ] of HOME/EXIT button will
release the lock.

 $GMXVW WKH DFWLYDWLRQ WLPHU IRU WKH $XWR
/RFN IXQFWLRQ  7KH WLPHU ZLOO EHJLQ FRXQWLQJ
LPPHGLDWHO\ ZKHQ WKH +20( VFUHHQ LV QRWXVHG  7KH WLPHU LV DGMXVWDEOH LQ RQH VHFRQG
LQFUHPHQWV XS WR  VHFRQGV  ,I WKH WLPHUYDOXHLV2))WKLVIXQFWLRQLVQRWDSSOLFDEOH

● Display of a lockIf locked, there will be sound and theicon of a key will come out.

  7 K H  6 W D U W  / R F N  V H W W L Q J  Z L O O   L I  H Q D E O H G DXWRPDWLFDOO\ ORFN WKH 76* ZKHQ WKHWUDQVPLWWHULVSRZHUHGXS7RDOORZDFFHVVWR
WKHWUDQVPLWWHU VIXQFWLRQVSUHVVDQGKROGWKH
6NH\IRURQHVHFRQG

Danger
*If neither the Lock Timer or Start Lock functions are active(OFF), then the key lock remains even if the power is turned off.
*If the Lock Timer is enabled and the Start Lock is off, the key
lock status is canceled each time the T14SG is turned on.

62 <Functions of System Menu>

It is recommended to Lock the
6HQVRU7RXFKGXULQJÀLJKWWRSUHYHQW
any accidental touches which couldchange settings and cause an accident.

'LVSOD\VWKHSURJUDPYHUVLRQ6'FDUGLQIRUPDWLRQDQGSURGXFW,'

INFO

The T14SG system program version information,
SD card information (current and maximum
QXPEHURIPRGHOGDWDDQGRWKHU¿OHV DQGSURGXFWID are displayed on the Information screen.

The language displayed in home, menu, andsetup screen is selectable.

*When the SD card is not inserted, the SD card information is
not displayed.

ŏ6HOHFW>,1)2@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHPPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH

RETURN

Information

Language selection 352'8&73URGXFW,'QXPEHU 5),'5),'QXPEHU
 /$1*8$*(7KHODQJXDJHXVHGLQ76*9(56,21 76* V\VWHP SURJUDP YHUVLRQLQIRUPDWLRQ $5($$UHDZKLFKFDQXVH76*
 &$5' 6,=( &XUUHQW0D[LPXP QXPEHU RI
PRGHOGDWDDQGRWKHUÀOHV 6'FDUG

0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH /$1*8$*( LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
&KDQJHWKHODQJXDJHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV :KHQ WKH 571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKHODQJXDJHLVFKDQJHG
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHFKDQJHWXUQWKH(',7GLDORUSXVKWKH6EXWWRQ

<Functions of System Menu> 63

SBUS SERVO

6%86VHUYRVHWWLQJ

An S.BUS servo can memorize the channel
and various settings you input. Servo setting
can be performed on the T14SG screen by
wiring the servo as shown in the figure.

ZD\KXE
RU
<KDUQHVVHV

76*ŏ 6HOHFW >6281'@ DW WKH V\VWHP PHQX DQG DFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHPPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q . 2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6%866%86
6HUYR%DWWHU\<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH

RETURN

Servo ID number
Individual ID numbers are memorized for yourS.BUS(2) servos in your T14SG. When a servo isused, the servo ID number is automatically read by
the transmitter. If you use multiple S.BUS(2) servos
and do not want to change the settings on all that are
mounted in a fuselage, only the desired servo in the
JURXS FDQ EH VHW E\ HQWHULQJ WKH ,' RI WKDW VSHFL¿F
servo.

* After reading completion, with connection of the above¿JXUHLIDVWLFNLVPRYHGWKHWHVWRIRSHUDWLRQRIWKHVHUYR
can be operated and carried out.

* S9070SB cannot be arranged by T14SG.
* With some S.BUS(2) servos, there are some functions withcannot be used. If a function cannot be used, the display screen
will change.
(Only the function which can be used by a servo is displayed.)

Procedure for changing S.BUS servo setting
6HOHFW>6%866(592@RIWKH6\VWHP0HQX
:LUHWKHVHUYRDVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH
3UHVV>5(&$//@RQSDJH 6LVSXVKHGWZLFH 
7KH ,' DQG FXUUHQW VHWWLQJ RI WKDW VHUYR DUHGLVSOD\HG >5(&$//@ LV FKRVHQ ⇒ 571 LV
SXVKHG ⇒ 571LVSXVKHGIRUVHFRQG
:KHQPXOWLSOHVHUYRVDUHFRQQHFWHGFKDQJH
>,1+@DWWKHULJKWVLGHRIWKH,'QXPEHURQWKH
VFUHHQ WR >$&7@ DQG HQWHU WKH ,' RI WKH VHUYR\RXZDQWWRVHW
6HWHDFKLWHP 3OHDVHVHHWKHQH[WSDJH    3 U H V V  > : 5 , 7 ( @  R Q  S D J H   > : 5 , 7 ( @  L VFKRVHQ ⇒ 571LVSXVKHG ⇒ 571LVSXVKHGIRUVHFRQG 7KHVHWWLQJVDUHFKDQJHG

64 <Functions of System Menu>

3XVK >,1,7@ LI \RX ZRXOG OLNH WR LQLWLDOL]H D
VHWXS RI D VHUYR >,1,7@ LV FKRVHQ ⇒ 571 LV
SXVKHG ⇒ 571LVSXVKHGIRUVHFRQG

S.BUS Servo Description of function of each parameter*There are a function which can be used according to the kind of servo, and an impossible function.

,'
Displays the ID of the servo whose parameters are to be read. It cannot be changed.

&KDQQHOChannel of the S.BUS system assigned to the servo. Always assign a channel before use.

5HYHUVH
The direction in which the servo rotates can be changed.

6HUYRW\SH
When “Retractable” is selected and the servo has been continuously stopped for 30 seconds, the dead band
expands and unnecessary hold current due to external force is eliminated. When a new control signal enters,
normal operation is resumed. When using the servo as a landing gear servo, select “Retractable”. Also adjust the
servo travel to match the landing gear movement range.

6RIW6WDUW
Restricts operation in the speciﬁed direction the instant the power is turned on. By using this setting, the ﬁrst initial
movement when the power is turned on slowly moves the servo to the speciﬁed position.

6WRS0RGH
The state of the servo when the servo input signal is lost can be speciﬁed. The "Hold" mode setting holds theservo in its last commanded position even if using AM or FM system.

6PRRWKHUThis function changes smoothness of the servo operation relative to stick movement changes. Smooth setting isused for normal ﬂight. Select the "OFF" mode when quick operation is necessary such as 3D.

1HXWUDO2IIVHW
The neutral position can be changed. When the neutral offset is large value, the servo's range of travel is restricted
on one side.

6SHHG&RQWURO
Speeds can be matched by specifying the operating speed. The speed of multiple servos can be matched without
being affected by motor ﬂuctuations. This is effective for load torques below the maximum torque.
However, note that the maximum speed will not be exceed what the servo is capable of even if the servos
operating voltage is increased.

'HDGEDQG
The dead band angle at stopping can be speciﬁed.
[Relationship between dead band set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Dead band angle is small and the servo is immediately operated by a small signal change.
Large ĺ Dead band angle is large and the servo does not operate at small signal changes.
(Note) If the dead band angle is too small, the servo will operate continuously and the current consumption will
increase and the life of the servo will be shortened.

7UDYHO$GMXVW
The left and right travels centered about the neutral position can be set independently.

%RRVW
The minimum current applied to the internal motor when starting the servo can be set. Since a small travel does
not start the motor, it essentially feels like the dead band was expanded. The motor can be immediately started byadjusting the minimum current which can start the motor.
[Relationship between boost set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Motor reacts to a minute current and operation becomes smooth.
Large ĺ Initial response improves and output torque increases. However, if the torque is too large, operation will
become rough.

<Functions of System Menu> 65

%RRVW212))
OFF : It is the boost ON at the time of low-speed operation.(In the case of usual)ON : It is always the boost ON.(When quick operation is hope)'DPSHU
The characteristic when the servo is stopped can be set.
When smaller than the standard value, the characteristic becomes an overshoot characteristic. If the value islarger than the standard value, the brake is applied before the stop position.
Especially, when a large load is applied, overshoot, etc. are suppressed by inertia and hunting may occur,depending on the conditions. If hunting (phenomena which cause the servo to oscillate) occurs even though theDead Band, Stretcher, Boost and other parameters are suitable, adjust this parameter to a value larger than theinitial value.
[Relationship between damper set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ When you want to overshoot. Set so that hunting does not occur.
Large ĺ When you want to operate so that braking is not applied. However, it will feel like the servo response has
worsened.
(Note) If used in the hunting state, not only will the current consumption increase, but the life of the servo will also
be shortened.

6WUHWFKHU
The servo hold characteristic can be set. The torque which attempts to return the servo to the target position
when the current servo position has deviated from the target position can be adjusted.
This is used when stopping hunting, etc., but the holding characteristic changes as shown below.
[Relationship between stretcher and servo operation]
Small ĺ Servo holding force becomes weaker.
Large ĺ Servo holding force becomes stronger.
(Note) When this parameter is large, the current consumption increases.

%X]]HU
When the power supply of a servo is previously turned on at the time of a power supply injection without taking
transmit of a transmitter, the buzzer sound of about 2.5 Hz continues sounding from a servo.
(Even when the transmit of a transmitter is taken out previously, a buzzer becomes until the signal of a servo is
outputted normally, but it is not unusual.)

The transmitter has been turned OFF ahead of a servo power supply → The buzzer sound of about 1.25 Hz
continues sounding as servo power supply end failure alarm.
(Do not insert or remove the servo connector while the receiver power is ON. A buzzer may soundby incorrect recognition.)＊ Buzzer sound is generated by vibrating the motor of a servo.
Since current is consumed and a servo generates heat, please do not operate the number more than needed or
do not continue sounding a buzzer for a long time.

66 <Functions of System Menu>

FUNCTIONS OF LINKAGE MENU
The Linkage Menu is made up of functions
which perform model addition, model typeselection, system type, end point setting, and othermodel basic settings.

The functions which can be selected depend on
the model type. A typical menu screen is shown
below.

ŏ $FFHVV WKH /LQNDJH PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\
WDSSLQJWKH/1.EXWWRQWZRWLPHV
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTNEXWWRQ 2UDHOME/
EXITEXWWRQLVSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU

ŏ&DOOLQJVHWXSVFUHHQ

RETURN**The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ

Linkage Menu functions table[SERVO]: Displays the servo test and operation position[MODEL SEL]: Model addition, call, deletion, copy, model name setting[MODEL TYPE]: Model type, wing type, swash type, etc. selection[SYSTEM]: System mode selection, link of a transmitter and receiver, area mode selection[FUNCTION]: Channel assignment of each function can be changed[SUB-TRIM]: Adjusts the neutral position of each servo[REVERSE]: Reverses the servo travel direction[FAIL SAFE]: Fail safe function and battery fail safe function setting[END POINT]: Servo travel adjustment and limit setting[SERVO SPEED]: Speed setup of a servo[THR CUT]: Stops the engine safely and easily (airplane and helicopter only)[IDLE DOWN]: Lowers the idle speed of the engine (airplane only)>6:$6+5,1*@/LPLWVWKHVZDVKSODWHWUDYHOWRZLWKLQD¿[HGUDQJH KHOLFRSWHURQO\[SWASH]: Swash AFR and linkage correction function (helicopter only)[T1-T4 SET.]: Control step amount and mode selection of the digital trim
[WARNING]: Mixing warning normal reset[TELEMETRY]: Displays various data sent from the receiver.
[SENSOR]: Various telemetry sensors setting[DATA RESET]: Model memory set data reset<Functions of Linkage Menu> 67

SERVO MONITOR 6HUYR7HVW *UDSK'LVSOD\'LVSOD\VVHUYRSRVLWLRQV
This is used for testing servo movement.
“Moving Test” (repetition mode) and “Neutral
7HVW´ ¿[HGSRVLWLRQPRGH DUHDYDLODEOH
The “Neutral Test” is good for finding theneutral position of a servo horn.

In order to prevent any potential difficulties,
the servo test function will be inoperable, or
LQDFFHVVLEOHXQGHUFHUWDLQFRQGLWLRQV6SHFL¿FDOO\the Servo Test function is not operational if theThrottle Cut is ON in either airplane or helicopter
modes; or if the Throttle Hold is ON in Helicoptermode.

ŏ $ >80(18021@ EXWWRQ LV SXVKHG RQFH IURP D
KRPHVFUHHQŏ 6HOHFW >6(592@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG DFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG
RETURN

Servo test operation
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>2))@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH WHVW PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH
PRGH 7R WHUPLQDWH PRGH FKDQJH WRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ >029,1*@0RGHZKLFKUHSHDWVRSHUDWLRQRIHDFKVHUYR
 >1(875$/@ 0RGH ZKLFK ORFNV HDFK VHUYR LQ
WKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ   0 R Y H  W K H  F X U V R U  W R  W K H  > 0 2 9 , 1 * @  R U>1(875$/@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKH>2))@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7HVWLQJLVVWRSSHG

68 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH

MODEL SELECT

7KH0RGHO6HOHFWLRQIXQFWLRQSHUIRUPVPRGHODGGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQGHOHWLRQFRS\DQGPRGHOQDPHVHWWLQJ

This function is used to load the settings of thedesired model into the T14SG’s memory.
The settings may be selected from either thetransmitter’s internal memory or an SD card.
Remember that up to 30 model memories are available
in the transmitter.
The name of the model stored in the transmitter andthe SD card may be changed. This can be very usefulto tell different models settings apart. Each model namecan be as long as 10 characters, and the model namealways appears in the display screen.

The Copy function is used to copy parameters,
settings, etc. from one model data into a second
memory. It may be used for getting a head-start on
setting up models with almost the same settings (only
GLIIHUHQFHVQHHGWREHPRGL¿HGLQVWHDGRIHQWHULQJWKH
complete model from scratch). Also, this function may
be used to make a backup copy of a model setup before
any changes are made.
*T14SG can use the model data of T8FGS for SD card,
copying it. However, the model data of T14SG cannot be
used by T8SG (S).

ŏ 6HOHFW >02'(/ 6(/(&7@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX
DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ&XUUHQWPRGHO<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH

RETURN*The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.

0RGHOOLVW

Model selection

Model addition*Model data saved on the transmitter memory other than themodel currently used can be selected.

*A new model can be added to the transmitter memory. It can
not be added to the SD card.

 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQGLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5'  DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ >7;@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
 >&$5'@6'FDUG
$IWHUPRYLQJWKHFXUVRUWRWKHGHVLUHGPRGHOLQWKHPRGHOOLVWWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ0RYHWR>6(/(&7@7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $ FRQILUPDWLRQPHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HG7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQGDQGVHOHFWLRQLVFRPSOHWH

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>1(:@7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $ FRQILUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRU
RQHVHFRQG

*The model type setup screen and frequency setup screen are
DXWRPDWLFDOO\GLVSOD\HG&RQ¿UPRUFKDQJHWKHPRGHOW\SH
and SYSTEM mode.
*Transmission stops and then starts in the new model.
*The added model appears in the model list of the model
select setup screen.

*Link is required when a new model ismade from a model selection.
*Transmission stops and then starts in the new model.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 69

Model deletion*The model stored in the transmitter memory or an SD card
can be deleted.
*The current model can not be deleted.

 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQGLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5'  DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ >7;@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
 >&$5'@6'FDUG
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH PRGHO \RX ZDQW WR
GHOHWH LQ WKH PRGHO OLVW DQG WKHQ WRXFK WKH571EXWWRQ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>'(/(7(@7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ:KHQDFRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJH LV GLVSOD\HG DQG WKH 571 EXWWRQLV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKH PRGHO LV
GHOHWHG

Model name change*The model name of the model stored in the transmitter
memory or a SD card can be changed.

,IFKDQJLQJWKHORFDWLRQ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQGLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5'  DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ >7;@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
 >&$5'@6'FDUG
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH PRGHO \RX ZDQW WR
FKDQJHLQWKHPRGHOOLVWDQGWKHQWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQ0RYHWR>5(1$0(@7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ*The model name setup screen is displayed.
User name (candidate) >$GGLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
 :KHQ D FKDUDFWHU LV VHOHFWHG IURP WKHFKDUDFWHUOLVWDQGWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHG
WKDW FKDUDFWHU LV DGGHG DW WKH SRVLWLRQLPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHFXUVRU
*A name of up to 10 characters long can be entered as themodel name. (A space is also counted as one character.)$IWHUWKHGHVLUHGLQIRUPDWLRQKDVEHHQLQSXWVHOHFW >(17(5@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
7RWHUPLQDWHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDO
VWDWH VHOHFW >&$1&(/@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQ

Model copy
*A copy can be made of the model stored in the transmitter
memory or an SD card.

,IFKDQJLQJWKHORFDWLRQ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQGLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5'  DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ >7;@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
 >&$5'@6'FDUG
6HOHFW WKH PRGHO \RX ZDQW WR FRS\ LQ WKHPRGHOOLVWDQGWKHQWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ0RYHWR>&23<@7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ*The copy screen appears.

, I  U H S O D F L Q J  W K H  P R G H O  V W R U H G  L Q  W K HWUDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\ 0RYHWR>$''/,67@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKHGHVWLQDWLRQPRGHOE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ >$''/,67@DGGLQJWKHPRGHOWRWKHOLVW
 > PRGHOQDPH @UHSODFLQJWKHPRGHO*The model stored in the SD card can be replaced.

 &KDQJH WKH PRGHO QDPH DV GHVFULEHGEHORZ
 >0RYLQJFXUVRULQWKHXVHUQDPH FDQGLGDWH @ 6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 >'HOHWLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
 :KHQ>'(/(7(@LVVHOHFWHGDQGWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKHFKDUDFWHULPPHGLDWHO\DIWHU
WKHFXUVRULVGHOHWHG

70 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

 ,IFKDQJLQJWKHORFDWLRQ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQGLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5'  DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ0RYHWR>&23<@7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ:KHQDFRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJH LV GLVSOD\HG DQG WKH 571 EXWWRQ LVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHPRGHOGDWDLV
FRSLHGMODEL TYPE

7KLVIXQFWLRQVHOHFWVWKHPRGHOW\SHIURPDPRQJDLUSODQHKHOLFRSWHUDQGJOLGHU

Six swash types are available for helicopters.
Six types of main wings and three types of tailwings are available for airplanes and gliders.
Functions and mixing functions necessary for eachmodel type are set in advance at the factory.
Note: The Model Type function automaticallyselects the appropriate output channels,
control functions, and mixing functions for the
chosen model type.
When the Model Type selection commandis accessed, all of the data in the active
memory is cleared (except the following
swash type.) Be sure that you don’t mind

losing this data, or back it up to anothermemory using the copying functions.
When changing the helicopter swash typewithin the following groups, you can leave
the settings other than the SWASH function.
However, this is initialized when you change
the swash type to the other swash typegroup.
Swash type group A:+++5DQG+(Swash type group B:++;ŏ 6HOHFW >02'(/ 7<3(@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

RETURN(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)

Model type selection
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR
FKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH GHVLUHG W\SH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHWRXFK VHQVRU DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $
FRQILUPDWLRQ PHVVDJH DSSHDUV 7RXFK WKH571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG
 0RYHWR><(6@DQG7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRU
RQHVHFRQG
 7RWHUPLQDWHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDO
VWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQRUVHOHFW>12@DQG
WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7<3(0RGHOW\SH
:,1* DLUSODQHJOLGHU :LQJW\SH7$,/ DLUSODQHJOLGHU 7DLOW\SH6:$6+ KHOLFRSWHU 6ZDVKW\SH ,I UHVHWWLQJ WKH GDWD ZKHQ FKDQJLQJ WKHKHOLFRSWHUVZDVKW\SH

(Helicopter) 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>2))@DQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW >21@ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK VHQVRUDQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $ FRQILUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ $FWLYDWH WKH VZDVK W\SH VHWWLQJ 7KH VZDVKVHWWLQJSDUDPHWHUVDUHUHVHW

*The wing types which can be selected depend on the mode;
FASST, Multi-ch, or 7ch, etc.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 71

Model type selection (Airplane, Glider)
Ɣ:LQJW\SH 1RUPDO

Ɣ:LQJW\SH 7DLOOHVVZLQJ

Ɣ5XGGHUW\SH

Ɣ7DLOW\SH

Model type selection (Helicopter)
Ɣ6ZDVKW\SH

72 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

SYSTEM

6\VWHPPRGHVHWWLQJ5HFHLYHUOLQN

System Type selection
The T14SG is for 2.4GHz only. The system
can be changed from among 5 choices: FASSTest
1 4 C H , FA S S Te s t 1 2 C H , FA S S T M U LT I ,FASST 7CH, S-FHSS. It is FASSTest14CH andFASSTest12CH which can be chosen by R7008SB
set. The method of selection is to the next page.
*If you change the System Type, other model data is notreset.
*If a system type is changed in Helicopter mode, thetransmitter will offer two selections:[Yes] : Selection sets the channel order suitable for System
Type. (We recommend here. )[No] : The present channel order is maintained.
*After any change, remember to test the model and should
fully check servo direction and a motion.
*Analog servos cannot be used with the R7008SB in the

FASSTest 12CH mode.

Dual receiver function (only FASSTest 14CH
mode)
Dual receivers can be linked with the T14SG.
Two receivers are recognized individually by ID
numbers. For example, in R7008SB, CH output
setting function is used, by setting the first as as"1-8CH", and setting the second as "9-14CH", twosets of receivers can be used as a set in the model,
allowing you 14 channels. If a Dual receiver
function is used, the following function can set up
individually.
・Battery fail-safe voltage setup
A telemetry function cannot be used for the 2ndreceiver. The voltage and Ext voltage of a 2nd
receiver cannot be known with a transmitter.

ŏ6HOHFW>6<67(0@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH
571EXWWRQŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG<SensorTouch™>

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH

RETURN

Area mode selection (Frequency range)
The T14SG transmitter has been designed tofunction in many countries. If you will be utilizing
this transmitter in a country other than France,
please make sure that [AREA] is set to "G". If,
however, this transmitter will be utilized in France,
it must be set to "F" in order to comply with French
regulations.FASST mode selection
Receiver linking
The receiver will only be controlled (without
being affected by other transmitters) by thetransmitter it is linked to. When using a receiver
other than one purchased as a set, linking isnecessary.
Moreover, a re-link is required when a newmodel is added by model selection, and the time ofsystem type change.
Linking method
P.37

Cases when linking is necessary:
・:KHQXVLQJDUHFHLYHURWKHUWKDQWKHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
・:KHQ WKH FRPPXQLFDWLRQ V\VWHP ZDV FKDQJHG
)$667HVW&+ ↔ )$667HVW&+HWF)・:KHQ D QHZ PRGHO ZDV FUHDWHG E\ PRGHOVHOHFWLRQ

Battery fail-safe voltage setup (only FASSTest
mode)
The voltage which battery fail-safe activates,
can be set when you link. (3.5-8.4V) The receiver
memorizes the setting as it was at link.
Suggested setting voltages are as follows.
FHOOV1L&GRU1L0+ 1RUPDOY  Y
FHOOV/L)H 1RUPDOY  aY
FHOOV/L3R 1RUPDOY  aY
It is a rough reference value.
Since it changes with servos carried in thecondition and the model of a battery, please set toyour own model in a battery consumption current.
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 73

Telemetry function (FASSTest mode only)
To use the telemetry function, set “Telemetry”
to “ACT”.
DL Interval (FASSTest mode only)
When a telemetry function is enabled, thereceiving interval (down-link interval) of sensor
data can be changed.
If a DL interval is increased, the response of
the sensor data display becomes slower, but stick
response will improve.
System Type selection procedure
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >)$667HVW&+@
LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Area mode selection (Frequency range)
procedure0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >*@ LWHP DQG WRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH

6HOHFW WKH >*@RU>)@ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU*"F" is chosen only when using the transmitter is used in
France. Leave this in "G" otherwise.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Telemetry ACT/INH procedure6HOHFW WKH V\VWHP W\SH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHWRXFKVHQVRU >)$667HVW&+@>)$667HVW&+@>)$667
08/7@>)$667&+@>6)+66@*An example of selections for each system is on thefollowing page.

7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR HQG DGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Dual receiver function (only FASSTest 14CHmode) procedure
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6,1*/(@ LWHP DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH

6HOHFW WKH >6,1*/(@ RU >'8$/@ E\ VFUROOLQJ
WKHWRXFKVHQVRU,' RI D 3ULPDU\UHFHLYHUGLVSOD\V,'RID6HFRQGDU\UHFHLYHUGLVSOD\V,Q'8$/DSULPDU\UHFHLYHULVOLQNSUHYLRXVO\
1H[WDVHFRQGDU\UHFHLYHULVOLQN

74 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH7(/(0(75<>$&7@LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH

6HOHFWWKH>$&7@RU>,1+@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGHDL Interval set procedure
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 7(/(0(75< '/>V@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH

6HOHFW WKH '/ WLPH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU ,I D '/ LQWHUYDO LV LQFUHDVHG WKHUHVSRQVHRIWKHVHQVRUGDWDGLVSOD\EHFRPHVVORZHUEXWVWLFNUHVSRQVHZLOOLPSURYH ,QLWLDOYDOXHV
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHVaV
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

The example for choosing System Type-Response speed haspriority over numberof channels-Want to use apreviously used
receiver as is-Want to use aminiature receiver
for indoor planes-Want to use an
S-FHSS systemminiature receiver-Telemetry requires
only the current
receiver battery

FASST 7CH

-Want to use more channels-Want to use a large numberof telemetry functions

FASST MULTIFASSTest 12CH
FASSTest 14CH

R7008SB
R7003SB

R7008SB
R7003SB

R608FS
R6008HS
R6108SB
R6208SB
R6014HS
R6014FS
R6203SB
R6203SBE
R6202SBW
R6303SB
R6303SBE

R617FS
R6004FF
R616FFM
R6106HF
R6106HFC
R6203SB
R6203SBE
R6202SBW
R6303SB
R6303SBE

S-FHSSR2006GS
R2106GF
R2008SB(Usable receivers)(The time of December, 2012)

System Type■ FASSTest 14CH --- FASSTest system receiver mode. Applicable with the telemetry sensor unit. Up to
18 channels (linear 12+ON/OFF2) can be used.
■ FASSTest 12CH --- FASSTest system receiver mode. Applicable with receiver voltage display. Up to 12channels (linear10+ON/OFF2) can be used. Telemetry Sensor cannot be used, but
the response speed is a faster than that of the 14CH mode.
s !NALOG SERVOS CANNOT BE USED WITH THE 23" IN THE &!334EST #( MODE■ FASST MULTI--- FASST-MULTI system receiver mode. Up to 14 channels (linear 12+ON/OFF2) canbe used.

■ FASST 7CH--- FASST-7CH system receiver mode. Up to 7 channels can be used.

■ S-FHSS--- S-FHSS system receiver mode. Up to 8 channels can be used.

Receiver link method in FASST and S-FHSS
If the receiver of FASST and S-FHSS is used, themethods of a link differ.
%ULQJWKHWUDQVPLWWHUDQGWKHUHFHLYHUFORVHWRHDFKRWKHUZLWKLQLQFKHV KDOIPHWHU 7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU7XUQRQWKHUHFHLYHU
 3UHVV DQG KROG WKH /LQN VZLWFK PRUH WKDQ

WZR   VHFRQGV :KHQ WKH OLQN LV FRPSOHWH
WKH /(' LQ WKH UHFHLYHU FKDQJHV WR VROLG
JUHHQ :KHQ WKH ,' FDQQRW EH UHDG GXH WR
WKH VXUURXQGLQJ HQYLURQPHQW WU\ UHDGLQJ LWZLWK WKH WUDQVPLWWHU DQG UHFHLYHU DQWHQQDVWRXFKHG
*Follow the manual of the receiver to be used.
Moreover, carry out an operating check.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 75

FUNCTION

&KDQQHODVVLJQPHQWRIHDFKIXQFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG

When you select model and wing (swash) types,
you will find that the optimized combinations ofservo output channels and functions have been
already preset. If you would like, you can freelychange combinations of servo output channels,
functions (aileron, elevator, etc), and control (sticks,
switches, and trim levers).
*You can also assign the same function to multiple servo
output channels such as assigning elevator function to CH2
and CH3.

Channel Replacement
When the channel is replaced in the Function
menu, replaced channel uses the setting data (ATV,SUB-TRIM, REVERSE, F/S, and B-F/S, etc.).
Servo Output Channels
For FASSTest 14CH mode, you can set 12 linear
channels and two digital channels. For FASSTest
12CH mode, you can set 10 linear channels andtwo digital channels. For FASST MULT mode, you
can set 12 linear channels and two digital channels.

For FASST 7CH mode, you can set only 7 linear
channels. For S-FHSS mode, you can set only 8linear channels.
*DG1/2 (digital channels)
These channels can function as switched channels. You canfreely change combinations between servo output channels
and input controls (sticks, switches, and trim levers).

Motor Function
If you have either a Glider or Airplane Model
Type selected, and choose to activate the Motorfunction, a reverse setting screen is displayed.
*If YES is selected, the output is reversed. If NO is selected,
the output is normal.

:DUQLQJ
As a safety precaution to prevent the motor
from starting unexpectedly, please switch
off the motor accordingly. We also suggest
removing the propeller from the motor as anadditional precaution.

ŏ 6HOHFW >)81&7,21@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQŏ7ULPRSHUDWLRQPRGH
&20%&RPELQDWLRQPRGH
6(3$56HSDUDWHPRGH,WVHWVXSE\T1-T4 SETRI/,1.$*(0(18<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)

Function change

Operation control change

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHIXQFWLRQLWHPRIWKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH &75/ LWHP RI WKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQ*The function selection screen is displayed.

*The control selection screen is displayed.

 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IXQFWLRQ QDPH \RXZDQWWRVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ*The function name blinks.

 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR H[HFXWH WKHFKDQJH :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR FDQFHO WKLVRSHUDWLRQWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
*Multiple channels can be assigned to one function.

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFRQWURO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ*The same control can be assigned to multiple channels.

76 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

&DPEHU0RWRU%XWWHUÀ\FRQWUROVHWWLQJ JOLGHU&DPEHU0RWRU%XWWHUÀ\IXQFWLRQFRQWUROFDQEHFKDQJHGIRU
each condition.

 &DPEHU 0RWRU RU %XWWHUIO\ FRQWURO JURXSVLQJOH VHWWLQJ LV SHUIRUPHG DW WKH IXQFWLRQVHWXSVFUHHQ **URXS FRPPRQWRDOOFRQGLWLRQV66LQJOH VHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ

Trim setting
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 75,0 LWHP RI WKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQ*The trim setup screen is displayed.

 7KH IROORZLQJ LWHPV FDQ EH VHW DW WKH WULPVHWXSVFUHHQ7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRFKDQJHWKHPRGH
7RWHUPLQDWHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDO
VWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ >1250@1RUPDOPRGH1RUPDOWULP SDUDOOHOVKLIWWULP RSHUDWLRQ > $ 7 / @   $ 7 /  R S H U D W L R Q  P R G H   0 D [ L P X PFKDQJH QHDU LGOH RU ORZVWLFN SRVLWLRQQRUPDOO\ XVHG ZLWK WKURWWOH WULP ,W LV DOVRSRVVLEOHWRUHYHUVHWKHWUDYHO*[NORMAL]/[REVERSE] selection is possible in "ATL"
mode.

Throttle trim (helicopter only)* The throttle trim in conditions other than "Normal"
condition can be inhibited.

 : K H Q  R W K H U  W K D Q  Q R U P D O  F R Q G L W L R Q  L VVHOHFWHGPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKURWWOHWULPRQWKHIXQFWLRQVHWXSVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQIRUVHFRQG

*When "X" is displayed, THR trim is inhibited in conditions
other than normal condition.

Trim selection

Channel replacement

 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH WULP OHYHU HWF \RXZDQWWRVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR UHSODFH DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKHGHVWLQDWLRQFKDQQHOE\VFUROOLQJ
WKH WRXFK VHQVRU $ FRQILUPDWLRQ PHVVDJHDSSHDUV 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR UHSODFH
WKH FKDQQHO 7R WHUPLQDWH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ*The setting can be changed.

Trim rate setting
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >5$7(@ LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HWWKHWULPUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the RTN button is touched for one second, the trim
rate is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Trim mode selection
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH WULP PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU $ FRQILUPDWLRQ PHVVDJH DSSHDUV<Functions of Linkage Menu> 77

SUB-TRIM

6HWWLQJRIQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIHDFKVHUYRThe Sub-Trim function is used to set the servo
neutral position, and may be used to make fineadjustments to the control surface after linkages
and pushrods are hooked up. When you begin to set
up a model, be sure that the digital trims are set totheir center position.
ŏ6HOHFW>68%75,0@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHRETURN(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)

Sub-trim adjustment
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa VWHSV(When the RTN button is touched for one second, sub-trim isreset to the initial value.)*Before sub-trim adjustment, it is very important to adjust thelinkages at the control surface so that you do not use subtrim, except for very minute adjustments.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO

78 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

REVERSE

8VHWRUHYHUVHWKHWKURZGLUHFWLRQ

Servo Reverse changes the direction of anindividual servo’s response to a control input.
For CCPM helicopters, be sure to read thesection on Swash AFR before reversing any servos.
With CCPM helicopters, always complete yourservo reversing prior to any other programming.
If you use pre-built Airplane/Sailplane functions
that control multiple servos, it may be confusing

to tell whether the servo needs to be reversed or asetting in the function needs to be reversed. See theinstructions for each specialized function for further
details. Always check servo direction prior to everyÀLJKWDVDQDGGLWLRQDOSUHFDXWLRQWRFRQ¿UPSURSHU
model memory, hook ups, and radio function.

ŏ6HOHFW>5(9(56(@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH

RETURN(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)

Servo reversing procedure*Upon setup completion of a new model, check whether or
not each servo is connected to the correct channel.
*Next, determine whether you need to reverse any channels
by moving each stick and/or other control inputs.

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRUHYHUVH DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH GLUHFWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV >1250@1RUPDO
 >5(9@5HYHUVH
7 R X F K  W K H  5 7 1  E X W W R Q  W R  F K D Q J H  W K HGLUHFWLRQ 7R WHUPLQDWH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR
WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ*Repeat the operation above for each channel that must be
reversed.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 79

FAIL SAFE

6HWV WKH VHUYRV RSHUDWLQJ SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WUDQVPLWWHU VLJQDOV FDQ QR
ORQJHUEHUHFHLYHGRUZKHQWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHGURSVThe Failsafe function may be used to set up
positions that the servos move to in the case ofradio interference.
You may set either of two positions for eachchannel: Hold, where the servo maintains its lastcommanded position, or Failsafe, where each
servo moves to a predetermined position. You may
choose either mode for each channel. (FASST 7CH
mode: CH3 only)
The T14SG system also provides you with anadvanced battery monitoring function that warns
you when the receiver battery has only a little
power remaining. In this case, each servo is moved
to the defined failsafe position. (FASST 7CH
mode: CH3 only) The battery failsafe may bereleased by operating a predefined control on thetransmitter (default is throttle), do not continue
to fly, land as soon as possible. Remember, if thepredefined control suddenly moves to a position
you did not command, land at once and check yourreceiver battery.
'H¿QHVVHUYRSRVLWLRQZKHQVLJQDOVDUHORVWDQG
when receiver battery voltage becomes low.

:DUQLQJ
For safety, always set the fail safe functions.
Ɣ5HPHPEHUWRVHWWKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQVRWKDWthe servo moves to the maximum slow side for airplanes andto the slow side from the hovering position for helicopters.
Crashing of the model at full high when normal radio waves
cannot be received due to interference, etc., is very dangerous.
Ɣ,IWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHLVUHVHWE\WKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLWPD\
be mistaken for an engine malfunction and will be reset at
WKURWWOHVORZDQGWKHPRGHOZLOOFRQWLQXHWRÀ\,I\RXKDYH
any doubts, immediately land.

ŏ6HOHFW>)$,/6$)(@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQ(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG
RETURN

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

Fail safe setting procedure

Battery fail safe setting procedure 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH )6 LWHP RI WKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH )6 PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV %DWWHU\IDLOVDIHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFKDQQHOE\WKHVDPHPHWKRGDVWKHIDLOVDIHVHWWLQJ
SURFHGXUH6HOHFWDQGVHWWKH%)6LWHP
 >21@%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ21 >2))@%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ2))*The display blinks.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RXFKWKH6EXWWRQWRVWRSVHWWLQJ*The channel switches to the F/S mode.

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH326LWHP +ROG WKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ VWLFN NQRE VOLGHU
HWF LQ WKH SRVLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WKH VHUYRWR PRYH WR ZKHQ WKH IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ LV
DFWLYDWHGDQG7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRURQH
VHFRQG*The set position is displayed in percentage.
*If you want to return that channel to the hold mode, movethe cursor to the "F/S" item and touch the RTN button
to switch to the data input mode. Select the F/S mode by
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
and then change the mode by touching the RTN button.

80 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

Battery fail safe release switch setting
 7KLVIXQFWLRQWHPSRUDULO\UHOHDVHVWKHEDWWHU\IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ VR WKH IXVHODJH FDQUHFRYHU DIWHU WKH EDWWHU\ IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ
ZDV DFWLYDWHG E\ D GURS LQ WKH UHFHLYHU
EDWWHU\YROWDJH7KLVVHWWLQJVHOHFWVWKHVZLWFKZKLFKUHOHDVHVWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5(/($6(%)6@LWHPLQ
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQ ODVWSDJH 
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ*The switch selection screen is called.
*For a detailed description of the switch selection and ON/
OFF direction setting method, see [Switch Setting Method]at the back of this manual.

END POINT

6HWVWKHWUDYHODQGOLPLWSRLQWRIHDFKVHUYRThe End Point function adjusts the left and right
servo throws, generates differential throws, andwill correct improper linkage settings.
The travel rate can be varied from 0% to 140%
in each direction on channels 1 to 12(FASSTest
12CH mode). Also, the limit point where servo
throw stops may be varied from 0% to 155%.
ŏ 6HOHFW >(1' 32,17@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNOLPLWSRLQW

OLPLWSRLQWWUDYHOWUDYHO

Servo travel adjustment
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH WUDYHO LFRQ RI WKHFKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKUDWH

Limit point adjustment
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHOLPLWSRLQWLFRQRIWKH
FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH $MXVW WKH OLPLW SRLQW E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the limit
point is reset to the initial value.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKOLPLWSRLQW<Functions of Linkage Menu> 81

SERVO SPEED

6HWVWKHVSHHGRIHDFKVHUYRThe speed of the servo from 1CH to 12CH ofoperation can be set up.
It can adjust to 0-27.
Speed becomes slow as a numerical value's 0
increases in the state of the fastest of the servo.

* It will overlap, if speed control of a S.BUS servo setup is
used at the time of S.BUS servo use, and speed changes.
Please use one either.
* The speed of THR is not set up simultaneously with THR
DELAY (model menu : only airplane).

* Speed cannot be made quicker than the maximal rate of theservo to be used.

ŏ 6HOHFW >6(592 63(('@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNVSHHG

FKDQQHO
VSHHG

Servo speed setting
7RXFKWKH6SHHGEXWWRQRIWKHFKDQQHO\RX
ZDQWWRVHW
 8VH WKH DGMXVWPHQW EXWWRQV WR DGMXVW WKHVHUYRVSHHGŏ,QLWLDOYDOXHŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa VWHSV*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO

82 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

FKDQQHO6WRSVWKHHQJLQHVDIHO\DQGHDVLO\ DLUSODQHDQGKHOLFRSWHURQO\

THR CUT

Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop theengine. Generally speaking, modelers will do so
E\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDWLGOH
The action is not functional at high throttle to
avoid accidental dead stick landings. The switch’s
location and direction must be chosen, as it defaults
to NULL.
Individually adjust the Throttle Cut activation
setting for each condition. (helicopter)*Since conditions are not offered when an Airplane is selected,
the Throttle Cut options will vary from the options noted
below.
*The Throttle Cut POS and SW settings are utilized for all
conditions.
*If the Throttle Cut switch is activated, or on, this status willcontinue even if the condition is changed to an inhibited
setting.
*If the condition is inhibited (INH) the Throttle Cut is off if
the SW is in the off position and the throttle stick is low.

ŏ6HOHFW>7+5&87@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG
RETURNŏ&XUUHQWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ

Throttle cut setting procedure
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUŏ&XWSRVLWLRQ*With the selected cut switch ON and the throttle stick at idle;
adjust the rate until the engine consistently cuts off.
However, be sure that the throttle linkage is not pulled tootight or unreasonable force is not applied to the servo.

ŏ,QGLYLGXDOO\DGMXVWWKH7KURWWOH&XWDFWLYDWLRQVHWWLQJIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ KHOLFRSWHUŏ7KURWWOHFXWVWDWXV*The display blinks.

 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKHIXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:@LWHPDQGDFFHVV
WKH VZLWFK VHWXS VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571 EXWWRQ DQG VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG 21
GLUHFWLRQ
*For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.

7KURWWOHFXWSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>326@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHVHUYRRSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQDWWKURWWOHFXWRSHUDWLRQE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Designating a Throttle Cut setting position.
(helicopter)*A throttle cut function acts in the low side of the throttle
position.
*"THRO" setting is common with all condition.

:DUQLQJ
Normal setting is slightly above idle.
 7R DGG WKH 7KURWWOH &XW SRVLWLRQ XVH WKHFXUVRU WR VHOHFW WKH 7+52 SHUFHQWDJH
GHVLUHGWKHQSUHVVDQGKROGWKH571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG
ŏ7KURWWOHFXWVWDWXVŏ7KURWWOH
VWLFNSRVLWLRQ<Functions of Linkage Menu> 83

/RZHUVWKHHQJLQHLGOLQJVSHHG DLUSODQHRQO\,'/('2:1

The Idle Down function lowers the engine toits idle position. Like Throttle Cut, this is usually
DFFRPSOLVKHGE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOH
stick at idle. The action is not functional at highthrottle to avoid accidental dead sticks. The
switch’s location and direction must be chosen, as
it defaults to NULL.
ŏ 6HOHFW >,'/( '2:1@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHRETURNŏ&XUUHQWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ

Idle down setting procedure
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU*The display blinks.

 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKHIXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:@LWHPDQGDFFHVVWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571
EXWWRQ6HOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21GLUHFWLRQ
*For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.

2IIVHWUDWHVHWWLQJ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >2))6(7@ LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVW WKH VHUYR RIIVHW UDWH DW LGOH GRZQRSHUDWLRQE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaa

84 <Functions of Linkage Menu>* When a minus rate is input, an offset is applied at the highside.
*Maximum offset amount is near maximum slow.
* When the RTN button is touched for one second, the offset
rate is reset to the initial value.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH6:$6+5,1*/LPLWVWKHVZDVKSODWHWUDYHOWRZLWKLQDÀ[HGUDQJH +HOLFRSWHURQO\

This function limits the swash travel to a fixed
range in order to prevent damaging the swash
linkage by simultaneous operation of the ailerons
and elevators. It is very useful in 3D aerobatics
which use a large travel.
ŏ 6HOHFW >6:$6+ 5,1*@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH
PHQXDQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571EXWWRQŏ:KHQWKHVZDVKULQJIXQFWLRQLVDFWLYDWHG
D FLUFOH LV GLVSOD\HG LQ WKH RSHUDWLQJ
UDQJHGLVSOD\DUHDDQGWKHUDWHLQSXWER[LV GLVSOD\HG 6WLFN RSHUDWLRQ LV OLPLWHG WR
WKHDUHDRIWKLVFLUFOH
<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHRETURNŏ 7KHRSHUDWLQJUDQJHGLVSOD\DUHD
 7KH YHUWLFDO GLUHFWLRQ VKRZV WKHH O H Y D W R U  W U D Y H O   7 K H  K R U L ] R Q W D OGLUHFWLRQVKRZVWKHDLOHURQWUDYHOŏ 7KH PDUNHU VKRZV WKHVWLFNSRVLWLRQSwash ring setting procedure
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU*The display blinks.

 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKHIXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5DWHVHWWLQJ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5$7(@LWHPWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHWR
*Adjust the rate to maximum swash tilt.

 *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 85

6:$6+6ZDVK$)5DQGOLQNDJHFRUUHFWLRQIXQFWLRQ KHOLFRSWHURQO\H[FHSWVZDVKW\SH+

Neutral Point
At your linkages, if the servo horn deviates froma perpendicular position at neutral, the linkage
compensation functions in this menu may notcompensate effectively. To correct this use the
Neutral Point function. This will move the neutral
point of the servos to the actual perpendicular
position. However, this adjustment changes only
the axis point of the compensation functions in thismenu, and does not affect the neutral position ofother functions.
Swash AFR
Swash AFR function reduces, increases, orreverses the rate (travel) of the aileron, elevator andcollective pitch functions, by adjusting or reversing
the motion of all servos involved in that function,
only when using that function.
Mixing Rate
This mixing is used to compensate the swashplate as necessary during specific control inputs.

The following compensation mixing is possible;
PIT to AIL, PIT to ELE, AIL to PIT, ELE to AIL,
and ELE to PIT (HR3 mode.) It adjusts the swashplate to for proper operation of each control using
the corresponding compensation mixing.
Linkage Compensation
This compensation mixing is used to correct theswash-plate for pitch control at low pitch and highpitch.
Speed Compensation
This function is used to cancel the reaction thatis generated by the difference in the movements ofeach servo when the swash-plate moves.
Subtrim
Subtrim for aileron, elevator and pitch can be set
during swash setting.
Pitch adjustment function+LJKQHXWUDODQGORZSLWFK¿[HGRXWSXWVFDQEH
used while adjusting the pitch.

ŏ 6HOHFW >6:$6+@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG DFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG
RETURN

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

Neutral point setting procedure

Swash AFR setting procedure

The neutral point becomes the correction
standard point.

The swash AFR function makes adjustments so
WKDWWKHVHUYRVWUDYHOWKHVSHFL¿HGDPRXQWE\>$,/@
[ELE], and [PIT] operation.

*Adjusting the servo horn so that the neutral point is near the
50% position makes the mixing amount small.

1HXWUDOSRLQWVHWWLQJ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>326@LWHPDQGKROGWKHSLWFKRSHUDWLRQVRWKDWWKHVHUYRKRUQLV
DWDULJKWDQJOHWRWKHOLQNDJHURGDQG7RXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ IRU RQH VHFRQG 7KLV YDOXHLQGLFDWHVWKHVHUYR VQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ $IWHU UHDGLQJ WKH QHXWUDO SRLQW XVH WKHRWKHU FRUUHFWLRQ IXQFWLRQV WR PDNH IXUWKHUDGMXVWPHQWV

86 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH $GMXVW WKH $)5 UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the AFR
rate is reset to the initial value.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGHMixing rate setting procedure
The HR3 swash-plate type will be used as an
example to describe mixing rate setting. The mixing
used in other swash modes may be different,
however, the setting procedure is the same.

*Set the throttle stick to the preset neutral point. Adjust thelength of the linkage rod so that the swash plate is horizontal
at this position.
*The sub-trim function can be used to make small
adjustments.

*When making the following setting, Move the cursor to theitem you want to set and touch the RTN button to switch
to the data input mode. Touch the RTN button to end
adjustment and return to the cursor mode.

&RPSHQVDWLQJDLOHURQLQSXW>$,/@
 6HWWKHWKURWWOHWRWKHORZHVWSRVLWLRQ0RYH
WKH DLOHURQ VWLFN WR WKH OHIW DQG ULJKW DQGDGMXVW WKH DLOHURQ FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW
VR WKDW LQWHUIHUHQFH LQ WKH HOHYDWRU RU SLWFKGLUHFWLRQLVPLQLPDO

*Adjust so that the pitch curve is a straight line and thehelicopter achieves maximum pitch.

*Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor.

*Move the cursor to the item you want to adjust and touch
the RTN button to switch to the data input mode. Touch
the RTN button to end adjustment and return to the cursor
mode.

*If the interference increases when the compensation amount
was increased, make adjustments with the direction [DIR.]
using the plus "+" or minus "-".

$GMXVWLQJWKHDLOHURQRSHUDWLRQ>$,/WR3,7@
 $GMXVWWKH$,/WR3,7UDWHVRWKHUHLVQRELQGLQJ
LQWKHHOHYDWRURUSLWFKPRYHPHQWZKHQWKH
DLOHURQVWLFNLVPRYHGWRWKHOHIWDQGULJKW
*Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The left and right sides can be adjusted individually.

$GMXVWLQJWKHHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ>(/(WR$,/@
>(/(WR3,7@
 $GMXVW WKH (/( WR $,/ DQG (/( WR 3,7 UDWHV VR
WKHUH LV QR ELQGLQJ LQ WKH DLOHURQ RU SLWFKPRYHPHQWZKHQWKHHOHYDWRUVWLFNLVPRYHG
XSDQGGRZQ
*Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The up and down sides can be adjusted individually.

$GMXVWLQJWKHSLWFKRSHUDWLRQ>3,7WR$,/@>3,7
WR(/(@
 $GMXVW WKH 3,7 WR $,/ DQG 3,7 WR (/( UDWHV VR
WKDW WKH VZDVK SODWH PRYHV WR WKH OHYHOKRUL]RQWDOSRVLWLRQZKHQWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNZDVPRYHGWRPD[LPXPORZDQGIXOOKLJK*The left and right sides can be adjusted individually.

&RPSHQVDWLQJHOHYDWRULQSXW>(/(@
 $GMXVW WKH HOHYDWRU FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW
V R  W K D W  W K H  D L O H U R Q  R U  S L W F K  G L U H F W L R QLQWHUIHUHQFH ZKHQ WKH HOHYDWRU VWLFN ZDVPRYHGXSDQGGRZQLVPLQLPDO
5HSHDWVWHSVDQGDERYHSHUIRUPDLOHURQ
DQG HOHYDWRU FRPSHQVDWLRQ VLPLODUO\ DW IXOOWKURWWOH

Speed compensation setting procedure
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 63((' LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HW WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKH QHXWUDO SRLQWSRVLWLRQ4XLFNO\PRYHWKHHOHYDWRUVWLFNDQG
DGMXVW WKH VSHHG FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW
>63(('@IRUPLQLPXPLQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHSLWFKGLUHFWLRQ
*Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

*Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The slow and high sides can be adjusted individually.

Linkage compensation setting procedure*Prior to utilizing the linkage compensation settings, it isimportant to adjust the mixing rate settings.
*Linkage compensation overrides interference from theaileron operation with the elevator or elevator operation
with the aileron at collective pitch control for low pitch andhigh pitch.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 87

Subtrim setting procedure
Subtrim can be set on the last page of the swash
setting screen.

*The sub-trim value set here is reflected at sub-trim of thelinkage menu.

Pitch adjustment procedure
The pitch adjustment function can be used on thelast page of the swash setting screen.
&DOO WKH ODVW SDJH RI WKH VZDVK VHWWLQJ
VFUHHQ: K H Q  W K H  F X U V R U  L V  P R Y H G  W R  D  S L W F KDGMXVWPHQW EXWWRQ DQG WKH 571 EXWWRQ LVWRXFKHGWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJSLWFKLVRXWSXW* In the pitch adjustment mode an * is displayed at the left
side of the current output setting button.
*If the cursor is moved to another button and the RTN button
is touched during pitch adjustment, the pitch adjustmentmode is deactivated.

 )XQFWLRQGHWDLOVDUHDVIROORZV%XWWRQ+LJK
1HXWUDO/RZ
0RYLQJ)XQFWLRQ+LJKSLWFKÀ[HGRXWSXWPRGH
1HXWUDOSLWFKÀ[HGRXWSXWPRGH/RZSLWFKÀ[HGRXWSXWPRGH&\FOLFSLWFKRXWSXWPRGH*The cyclic pitch speed can be set with the button at the rightside of the “Moving” button.

 6HWWLQJUDQJHWR*When the set value is large, motion becomes fast and when
the set value is small, motion becomes slow.

88 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

T1-T4 SET.

'LJLWDOWULPVHWWLQJVThis function adjusts the digital trim's stepDPRXQWDQGRSHUDWLRQPRGH 7a7
When the flight conditions are set, the trim
operation can be coupled with the conditions whencombination mode is selected.
The T14SG unit of trim is displayed on the home
screen.

Only the trim displayed on the home screen canbe moved to the center position without changing
the actual trim's memory position.

ŏ6HOHFW>776(7@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQŏ7ULPRSHUDWLRQPRGH
&20%&RPELQDWLRQPRGH
6(3$56HSDUDWHPRGH<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)

Control step amount setting

Display unit selection

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>67(3@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHFRQWUROVWHSDPRXQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >81,7@ LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the control
step amount is reset to the initial value.
*When the value is increased, the change per step becomeslarger.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Separate/combination mode selection (Heli and
Glider only)
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV*The display blinks.

 >&20%@&RPELQDWLRQPRGH7KHWULP VGDWD
LVUHÁHFWHGLQDOOÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQV >6(3$5@ 6HSDUDWH PRGH 7ULP DGMXVWPHQWVD U H  P D G H  L Q G L Y L G X D O O \  I R U  H D F K  I O L J K WFRQGLWLRQ7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ

*The display blinks.

 >@$VWHSQXPEHULVGLVSOD\HGRQWKHKRPH
VFUHHQ7KHUHLVQRXQLWGLVSOD\ >@LVGLVSOD\HGDVDXQLW7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ

Trim Memory Operation procedure
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>770(025<@LWHP
DQG  WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV*The display blinks.
 >,1+@,QKLELWHG
 >$&7@$FWLYDWHG
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ$WWKHKRPHVFUHHQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
WULP\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH571
IRURQHVHFRQG7KHWULPGLVSOD\LVPRYHGWR
WKHFHQWHUSRVLWLRQ*When the function is inhibited, the trim position returns to
the actual trim position.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 89

/RZ%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJHVHW:DUQLQJQRUPDOUHVHW

:$51,1*The T14SG includes an audible alarm thatsounds when the transmitter’s battery voltage drops
below a pre-determined setting; adjustable for cell
types and voltages.
Mixing warning at power ON can be reset to
OFF.

:DUQLQJGLVSOD\$LUSODQH 7KURWWOH FXW,GOH GRZQ7KURWWOHSRVLWLRQ6QDSUROO0RWRU SRVLWLRQ$LUEUDNH
0RWRU+HOLFRSWHU &RQGLWLRQ7KURWWOH FXW7KURWWOHSRVLWLRQ7KURWWOH+ROG*OLGHU&RQGLWLRQ0RWRUSRVLWLRQ7ULPPL[0RWRU

ŏ 6HOHFW >:$51,1*@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ3XVKS1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRQH[WSDJH

Accessing and Activating the Low Battery
Alarm
7KH /RZ %DWWHU\ /2: %$77(5<  DODUPYROWDJH LV DFFHVVHG WKURXJK WKH 76*·V
6\VWHP0HQX:LWKLQWKH6\VWHP0HQXXVH
WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK WR KLJKOLJKW WKH 6281'
RSWLRQ DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ 571 
EXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKHVHOHFWLRQ8VH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK WR VFUROO WR WKH /RZ%DWWHU\ /2:%$77(5< DODUPDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH5HWXUQ 571 EXWWRQWRDFFHVVWKHYROWDJH
VHWWLQJV  8VLQJ WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK DGMXVW WKHYROWDJH DV GHVLUHG DQGRU GHWHUPLQHG E\
WKH WUDQVPLWWHU EDWWHU\ SDFN EHLQJ XWLOL]HG
7KHYROWDJHRSWLRQVUDQJHIURP9WR9
6XJJHVWHGYROWDJHVHWWLQJVDUHDVIROORZV
z5-Cell NiCd or NiMH: 5.6V
z2-Cell LiFe: 6.0V
*About low battery voltage, all the models included in one
transmitter are changed in common. It cannot set to different
voltage for every model. Moreover, data reset is not carriedout.

90 <Functions of Linkage Menu>:DUQLQJQRUPDOO\UHVHWWLQJPHWKRG
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WRUHVHW WR 2)) DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH 2)) PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU*The display blinks.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHUHFHLYHU

TELEMETRYThis screen displays your choice of data from thereceiver.
Also warnings can be activated regarding
other data from your aircraft. For example, if thereceiver voltage drops, the user can be warned byan alarm (and vibration).

*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
*A telemetry function cannot be used for the 2nd receiver ofdual receiver mode. The voltage and Ext voltage of a 2nd
receiver cannot be known with a transmitter.

ŏ[TELEMETRY]FDQEHFDOOHGLIWKHHOME/EXITEXWWRQLVSXVKHGIURPDhome screenŏ 6HOHFW >7(/(0(75<@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQŏ 5HFHLYHU ! 7UDQVPLWWHU 7KHUHFHSWLRQVWUHQJWKLVVKRZQ<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ3XVKS1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRQH[WSDJH

How to see telemetry date7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQFDQEHFDOOHGLIWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQLVSXVKHGIURPWKHKRPHVFUHHQ
2U VHOHFW >7(/(0(75<@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX
DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
,IHDFKLWHPLVFKRVHQDQGWKH571EXWWRQLVSXVKHG DQ DODUP VHWXS FDQ EH SHUIRUPHG
Z L W K  W K H  P L Q L P X P  P D [ L P X P  D I W H U  DWUDQVPLWWHULVWXUQHGRQ

:DUQLQJ
Do not watch the transmitter screen duringÀLJKW
<RXPD\ORRVHVLJKWRIWKHDLUFUDIWGXULQJÀLJKWDQGWKLVLV
extremely dangerous. Have an assistant on hand to checkthe screen for you. A pilot should NEVER take his eyes off
his aircraft.

*Receiver voltage can be checked immediately. An optional
sensor will need to be attached to S.BUS2 of a receiver if
you would like to see other information. *No special setup is necessary if each sensor displayed
is left as in the default setup. Separate sensor ID
is also unnecessary. However, if two or more of
one kind of sensor is used, setup is required in the"SENSOR" menu.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 91

TELEMETRY : Rx-BATT.
In this screen, the battery voltage of a receiver isdisplayed.
If it becomes higher or lower than the setting an
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.

'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJH*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.

ŏ 6HOHFW >5[%$77@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ5HFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJH
<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ  Ņ 7 K H   G R Z Q   D U U R Z  Z L O OLQGLFDWH WKDW DQ DODUP ZLOOV R X Q G  Z K H Q  W K H  Y R O W D J HGURSVWREHORZWKHVHWWLQJ

Alert set0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57>,1+@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >9@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH9 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ

92 <Functions of Linkage Menu>"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter will
vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3
TYPE 4TELEMETRY : EXT-VOLT'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKH(;7EDWWHU\YROWDJHSRUW*CA-RVIN-700 or SBS-01V must be installed in the aircraft.
The EXT-VOLT screen will display the datafrom the EXT-battery output from the R7008SB
receiver. In order to use this function, it is necessary
to connect External voltage connector of theR7008SB receiver to a CA-RVIN-700 (FUTM5551)
or SBS-01V to the battery you desire to measure
the voltage of.

You will be alerted by an alarm or vibration if
the voltage set by you is exceeded.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage will be received in
the FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode will display all telemetry data.

ŏ 6HOHFW >(;792/7@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ(;7EDWWHU\YROWDJH
<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏŅ7KHDUURZZLOOLQGLFDWHWKDWDQ DODUP ZLOO VRXQG ZKHQWKHYROWDJHGURSVWREHORZ
WKHVHWWLQJ

Alert set0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57>,1+@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >9@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH9 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter will
vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3
TYPE 4*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ<Functions of Linkage Menu> 93

TELEMETRY : TEMP.

'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHWHPSHUDWXUH*A temperature sensor must be installed in the aircraft.

TEMP. is a screen which displays/sets up
the temperature information from an optionaltemperature sensor.
The temperature of the model (engine, motor,
EDWWHU\HWF ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHGLVSOD\HG
If it becomes higher or lower than the setting an
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.

*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.

ŏ6HOHFW>7(03@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ7HPSHUDWXUH<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ Ń $Q XSZDUG DUURZ ZLOO ŏ3UHVVWKH S1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH
V K R Z  W K D W  D Q  D O D U P
Z L O O  V R X Q G  Z K H Q  W K HWHPSHUDWXUHULVHVDERYH
WKHVHWYDOXHŏ Ņ $Q GRZQZDUG DUURZZLOO VKRZ WKDW DQ DODUPZ L O O  V R X Q G  Z K H Q  W K H
W H P S H U D W X U H  G U R S VEHORZWKHVHWYDOXH

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3
TYPE 4

Alert set : Hot warning

Alert set : Low-temperature warning

0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŃ7+5(6+2/'>℃ @LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH℃
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ a℃
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/' SDJH LV DFFHVVHG E\ SXVKLQJ 6 0RYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ7+5(6+2/'> ℃ @LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH℃
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ a℃
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ

94 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKH530

TELEMETRY : RPM*A RPM sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.

RPM is a screen which displays / sets up the
RPM information from an optional RPM sensor.
The RPM of the model (engine, motor, etc.)
ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHVKRZQIf it becomes higher or lower than the setting an
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.
ŏ6HOHFW>530@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQ
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ530<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ Ń$Q XSZDUG DUURZLQGLFDWHV WKDW WKH ŏ3UHVVWKH S1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJHD O D U P  Z L O O  V R X Q G
ZKHQ WKH 530 ULVHV
DERYHWKHVHWYDOXH

"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2

ŏŅ$QGRZQZDUGDUURZLQGLFDWHV WKDW WKHD O D U P  Z L O O  V R X Q G
ZKHQ WKH 530 IDOOVEHORZWKHVHWYDOXH
ŏ0$*1(7,&RU237,&$/
LV VHW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKHVHQVRU\RXXVH
6%6500$*1(7,&6%652237,&$/

TYPE 3
TYPE 4

ŏ ,Q 0$*1(7,& WKH JHDU UDWLR ŏ ,Q 237,&$/ WKH QXPEHU RI
RI \RXU HQJLQH PRWRU  \RX DUHEODGHVRIWKHSURSHOOHU URW
XVLQJLVHQWHUHG
RU \RXUPRGHOLVHQWHUHG

Alert set : Over rotations

Alert set : Under rotations

0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0 R Y H  W K H  F X U V R U  W R  W K H  Ń 7 + 5 ( 6 + 2 / '>USP@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'

6FUROO WR WKH VHFRQG SDJH E\ SXVKLQJ 6
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ$/(57 LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >USP@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ<Functions of Linkage Menu> 95

TELEMETRY : ALTITUDE'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHDOWLWXGH*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
ALTITUDE is a screen which displays / sets up thealtitude information from an optional altitude sensor or*36VHQVRU7KHDOWLWXGHRIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ
be known. If it becomes higher (low) than preset altitude,
you can be told by alarm. To show warning by vibration
can also be chosen. Data when a power supply is turned
on shall be 0 m, and it displays the altitude whichFKDQJHGIURPWKHUH(YHQLIWKHDOWLWXGHRIDQDLU¿HOGLV
high, that shall be 0 m and the altitude difference from anairfield is displayed. This sensor calculates the altitude
from atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure will
get lower as you go up in altitude, using this the sensor
will estimate the altitude. Please understand that an exact
advanced display cannot be performed if atmosphericpressure changes in a weather situation.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.

ŏ6HOHFW>$/7,78'(@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ$OWLWXGH<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ  Ń  $ Q  X S Z D U G  D U U R Z ŏ3UHVVWKH6EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJHLQGLFDWHV WKH DODUP ZLOOVRXQGZKHQWKHDOWLWXGHUHDFKHVDERYH\RXUVHWYDOXH

ŏŅ$QGRZQZDUGDUURZLQGLFDWHV WKH DODUPZLOO VRXQG ZKHQ WKHD O W L W X G H  U H D F K H VEHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH

"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3
TYPE 4First, the set of a reference is required.
7KH PRGHO DQG WUDQVPLWWHU WR ZKLFK WKHDOWLWXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6(7@RI5()(5(1&(LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ *Atmospheric pressure is changed according to the weather also
DWWKHVDPHDLU¿HOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDÀLJKWAlert set : High side0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŃ7+5(6+2/'>P@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXHP
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPaP
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'

96 <Functions of Linkage Menu>*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ

Alert set : Low side6FUROOWRWKHVHFRQGSDJHE\SXVKLQJ60RYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >P@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXHP
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPaP
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHYDULRPHWHU

TELEMETRY : VARIO*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
status, the T14SG incorporates a different melody
VARIO is a screen which displays / sets up thefor ascent and descent. Additionally, depending
variometer information from an optional altitude
upon the rate of climb or descent, the tones vary to
sensor or GPS sensor.
indicate whether or not the airplane is climbing or
7KHYDULRPHWHURIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ
descending at a rapid rate.
be known.
If it becomes higher or lower than the setting an
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.
To ensure that the pilot is aware as to the model'sŏ6HOHFW>9$5,2@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571
EXWWRQ*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.

ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ9DULRPHWHU<SensorTouch™>

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ  Ń  $ Q  X S Z D U G  D U U R Z ŏ3UHVVWKH6EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJHLQGLFDWHV WKH DODUP ZLOOVRXQGZKHQWKHDOWLWXGHUHDFKHVDERYH\RXUVHWYDOXH

"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1ŏ Ņ $Q GRZQZDUG DUURZLQGLFDWHV WKH DODUP ZLOOVRXQGZKHQWKHDOWLWXGHUHDFKHV EHORZ \RXU VHWYDOXH

TYPE 2TYPE 3
TYPE 4

ŏ,IWKLVLVVHWWR$&7DPHORG\ZLOOEHDFWLYDWHGGXULQJWKH
ULVHRUGLYHGHSHQGLQJRQ\RXUVHWYDOXHVAlert set : Rise side

Alert set : Dive side0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŃ7+5(6+2/'>PV@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXHPV
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPVaPV
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'

6FUROO WR WKH VHFRQG SDJH E\ SXVKLQJ 6
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ$/(57 LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ7+5(6+2/'>PV@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXHPV
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPVaP
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 97

TELEMETRY : BATTERY
In this screen, the battery voltage is displayed.
In order to use this function, it is necessary toconnect External voltage connector of R7008SB ⇔SBS-01V ⇔ Battery
SBS-01V measures two batteries. The drive
battery connected to two lines is displayed on EXTVOLT. The battery for receivers connected to 3Plines is displayed here.

'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJH*SBS-01V must be installed in the aircraft.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.

ŏ 6HOHFW >%$77(5<@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏEDWWHU\YROWDJH
<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏŅ7KHDUURZZLOOLQGLFDWHWKDWDQ DODUP ZLOO VRXQG ZKHQWKHYROWDJHGURSVWREHORZ
WKHVHWWLQJ

Alert set0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57>,1+@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >9@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH9 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ

98 <Functions of Linkage Menu>"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter will
vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3
TYPE 4TELEMETRY : DISTANCE
Distance is a screen that displays and sets thealtitude data from an SBS-01G (GPS Sensor) soldseparately. The distance to the airborne aircraft
can be read by the transmitter. When the aircraftÀLHVRXWVLGH LQVLGH WKHVHWGLVWDQFHWKHRSHUDWRULValerted by an alarm and vibration.

'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHGLVWDQFH*A GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
*The GPS sensor sold separately is necessary. Mount andconnect the sensor in accordance with the sensor instruction
manual.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.

ŏ,WLVWKHUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\IURPD*36
6DWHOOLWH3OHDVHZDLWXQWLOLWEHFRPHVGLVSOD\VDQGSXVK>5()(5(1&(@ŏ  0 D [ L P X P  G L V W D Q F H  D I W H UWUDQVPLWWHUZDVWXUQHGRQŏ 6HOHFW >',67$1&(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
ŏ&XUUHQWGLVWDQFH
EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>*
6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN

ŏ3UHVVWKH S1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH
ŏ 7KH ŃDUURZ VKRZVW K D W  D Q  D O D U P  L VJ H Q H U D W H G  Z K H QW K H  V H W  Y D O X H  L VH[FHHGHG

*ŏ'LVWDQFHDODUPVHWWLQJUDQJHP 〜P*Alarm when the aircraft moves faraway.
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

ŏ  7 K H  Ņ D U U R Z  V K R Z VW K D W  D Q  D O D U P  L VJ H Q H U D W H G  Z K H Q
WKH GLVWDQFH GURSVEHORZWKHVHWYDOXH ŏ'LVWDQFHDODUPVHWWLQJUDQJHP〜P
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3
TYPE 4First, the set of a reference is required.
7KHPRGHODQGWUDQVPLWWHUWRZKLFKWKH*36
VHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ ,W ZDLWV XQWLO WKH *36 UHFHLYLQJ DFFXUDF\GLVSOD\HGRQDVFUHHQEHFRPHVWKUHH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6(7@RI5()(5(1&(LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ 

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ7+5(6+2/'>P@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ

*Now, the position of the present model was set to 0 m.

Alert setting when aircraft goes too far
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ *Positioning time of GPS
A short time is required until the positioning of
the GPS is established. In the meantime, don't
PRYH WKH PRGHO GXULQJ WKLV SURFHVV:DLW VWLOO
until LED of a GPS sensor carries out solid green
lighting.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 99

Alert setting when the aircraft approaches
$FFHVV WKH VHFRQG SDJH E\ SXVKLQJ 6
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ$/(57 LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ7+5(6+2/'>P@LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 6ODQWDQGVXUIDFHGLVWDQFH

ŏ6HOHFW>',67$1&(@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKHRTNEXWWRQ$QGS1EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWZLFH

*ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG<SensorTouch™>

RETURNŏ$OWLWXGH FDOFXODWHG DV
H L W K H U  V W U D L J K W O L Q HGLVWDQFH VODQW RUVXUIDFHGLVWDQFH RQ D PDS FDQDOVREHVHOHFWHG


nt

Sla

AltitudeSurface

Two displays methods, straight line distance andsurface distance, can be selected as shown above.
6HOHFWSDJHE\WRXFKLQJWKH6EXWWRQWZLFH
IURPWKH´',67$1&(µVFUHHQ 6HOHFW 6/$17! 685)$&(! QH[W WR ´02'(µVFUROO WR WKH GHVLUHG PHWKRG DQG WRXFK WKH571EXWWRQ

100 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

TELEMETRY : SPEED
The speed screen displays and sets the speed datafrom an SBS-01G (GPS sensor) sold separately.
The speed of the aircraft during flight can bedisplayed.
After flight, the maximum speed during flight
can be viewed. Because this speed is based on
position data from a GPS satellite, the ground speed'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHVSHHG*A GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
is displayed instead of air speed. Consequently,
with a head wind, the displayed speed decreases
and with a tail wind, the displayed speed increases.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.

ŏ6HOHFW>63(('@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQŏ 'LVSOD\V WKH PD[LPXP VSHHG DIWHU
WKHWUDQVPLWWHULVWXUQHGRQŏ'LVSOD\VWKHFXUUHQWVSHHG<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN

ŏ3UHVVWKH6EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH
ŏ 7KH Ń DUURZ VKRZVW K D W  D Q  D O D U P  L VJHQHUDWHG ZKHQWKHVSHHGH[FHHGVWKHVHWYDOXH
ŏ 7KH Ņ DUURZ VKRZVW K D W  D Q  D O D U P  L VJ H Q H U D W H G  Z K H QW K H  V S H H G  G U R S VEHORZWKHVHWYDOXH
ŏ6SHHGDODUPVHWWLQJUDQJH 〜 NPK
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'*Alarm when the speed has decreased.

ŏ6SHHG DODUP VHWWLQJ UDQJH
1 〜 NPK
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'*Alarm when the speed has increased.

"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3
TYPE 4

6HOHFW WKH $&7 PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW 6HW ´Ń$/(57µ RQ WKH 63(('! VFUHHQ WR $&7 DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH WRXFK WKH 6
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR ,1+ DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQEXWWRQ
7KH VSHHG DW ZKLFK DQ DODUP LV JHQHUDWHG
6HOHFW WKH $&7 PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK FDQEHVHWE\VHOHFWLQJWKHQXPHULFDOGLVSOD\VHQVRU
QH[WWR´Ņ7+5(6+2/'µDQGWRXFKLQJWKH571
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW EXWWRQ7KLVVRXQGVDQDODUPZKHQWKHVSHHG
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH WRXFK WKH 6 GHFUHDVHVEXWWRQ 
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7KHVSHHGDWZKLFKDQDODUPLVJHQHUDWHGFDQ *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is reset
EHVHWE\VHOHFWLQJWKHVSHHGGLVSOD\QH[WWR´Ń to the initial value.
7+5(6+2/'µDQGWRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ7KLV 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH WRXFK WKH 6
JHQHUDWHVDQDODUPZKHQWKHVSHHGLQFUHDVHVEXWWRQ
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is reset *Speed alarm precaution
to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW Since the GPS speed sensor displays the ground speed, it cannot
be used as a stall alarm. For example, an aircraft that stalls
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH WRXFK WKH 6 at 50km/h will stall if the tailwind is 5km/h or greater even
EXWWRQ
through 55km/h is displayed by ground speed. In addition,

Alert setting when speed increases

Alert setting when speed decreases
6HOHFWSDJHE\SUHVVLQJ6IURPWKH63(('!VFUHHQDQGVHW´Ņ$/(57µWR$&7

ZLWKDQDLUFUDIWWKDWZLOOGLVLQWHJUDWHLQPLGÀLJKWDWNPKDW
an over-speed alarm, when the headwind reaches 30km/h theairplane will disintegrate in midair due to over speeding even ata ground speed of 370km/h.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 101

9DULRXVWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVVHWWLQJSENSOR

This screen registers the telemetry sensors usedwith the transmitter. When only one of a certain
type of sensor is used, this setting is unnecessary
and the sensor can be used by simply connecting itto the S.BUS2 port of the transmitter.
When using 2 or more of the same kind of
sensor, they must be registered here.
ŏ 6HOHFW >6(1625@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQGDFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ>:KDWLVDVORW"@
Servos are classified by CH, but sensors areclassified in units called “slot”. There are slots
from No. 1 to No. 31.
Altitude sensors, GPS sensors and other data
sensor units may use multiple slots.
Using a sensor which uses two or more slots,
the required number of slots is automaticallyassigned by setting up a start slot.
When 2 or more of the same kind of sensor areused, the sensors themselves must allocate unused
slots and memorize that slot.
<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG
RETURNŏ 6HQVRU ,' :KHQ PXOWLSOH VHQVRUV RI WKH
VDPHW\SHDUHQRWXVHG,'LVXQQHFHVVDU\*3 slots of altitude sensor are used.
*8 slots of GPS sensor are used.

ŏ $V VKRZQLQ WKH
WKH WDEOH
WDEOH EHORZ
EHORZ DQ
DQ DOWLPHWHU
DOWLPHWHU UHTXLUHVUHTXLUHV  FRQWLJXRXV VORWVQ LQ
DQGD*36VHQVRUUHTXLUHVFRQWLJXRXVVORWV,QDGGLWLRQVLQFHWKH*36
6%6* VWDUWVORWVDUHDQGVORWVDQGDUHLQKLELWHG

＜ Assignable slot ＞ *Altimeter, GPS, and other sensors that display a large amount of data require multiple slots.
*Depending on the type of sensor, the slot numbers that can be allocated may be limited.

Sensor
TEMP (SBS-01T)
RPM (SBS01RM,SBS01RO)
Voltage (SBS-01V)

The required
number of slots
1 slot

The number which can be used as a start slot

1 〜 31

1 slot2 slots

Altitude (SBS-01A)

3 slots

GPS (SBS-01G)
TEMP125-F1713

8 slots
1 slotVARIO-F1712

2 slots

VARIO-F1672

2 slots

GPS-F1675

8 slots

Selling area

1 〜 31

1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 8, 9 , 1 0 , 1 1 , 1 2 , 1 3 , 1 4 , 1 6 , 1 7 , 1 8 , 1 9 , 2 0 , 2 1 ,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,24,2
5,26,27,28,29
8,16,24
1 〜 31
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20,21,
22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20,21,
22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
8,16,24

102 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

GlobalEuropeSENSOR : RELOAD

This page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.

When using multiple sensors of the same typethe sensors must be registered in the transmitter.
Connect all the sensors to be used to the T14SG asVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDWWKHULJKWDQGUHJLVWHUWKHPE\
the following procedure. The ID of each sensor isregistered in the transmitter.

3-way hubor Y-harnesses

76*

SENSORSENSORSENSORSENSORSENSORŏ&DOOSDJHE\WRXFKLQJWKH6EXWWRQWLPHVIURP
WKH>6(1625@PHQX

5HFHLYHUV%DWWHU\All the sensors to be used are connected.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG
RETURN

Reading all the sensors to be used &RQQHFW DOO WKH VHQVRUV DQG UHFHLYHU
EDWWHULHVWREHXVHGWRWKH76*WKURXJKD
KXEDVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR´5(/25'µRQSDJHRI
WKH>6(1625@VFUHHQ7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ   $OO WKH VHQVRUV DUH UHJLVWHUHG DQG FDQ EH
XVHG

SENSOR : REGISTER This page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.
This function registers an additional sensor.
Connect the sensor as shown in the figure at theright and register it by the following procedure.
The sensor ID is registered in the transmitter.

3-way hubor Y-harnesses

Additional sensor registration
76*

SENSOR

 &RQQHFW WKH VHQVRU DQG UHFHLYHU EDWWHU\WR EH XVHG WR WKH 76* WKURXJK D KXE DV
VKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDWWKHULJKW0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR´5(*,67(5µRQSDJHRI
WKH6HQVRU!VFUHHQ7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7KHVHQVRULVUHJLVWHUHGDQGFDQEHXVHG

5HFHLYHUV%DWWHU\*When the number of slots needed in registration is
LQVXI¿FLHQWDQHUURULVGLVSOD\HGDQGUHJLVWUDWLRQFDQQRWEH
performed. Disable unused slots or perform the following
relocate.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 103

SENSOR : RELOCATE This page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.
This function secures contiguous unused slots
by rearranging the registration state when sensor
registration and deregistration are performed
repeatedly and the unused slots are fragmented.

3-way hubor Y-harnesses

76*

SENSORSENSORSENSORSENSORSENSORŏ&DOOSDJHE\WRXFKLQJWKH6EXWWRQWLPHVIURP
WKH>6(1625@PHQX

5HFHLYHUV%DWWHU\All the sensors to be used are connected.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG
RETURN

Relocate of sensors to be used &RQQHFW DOO WKH VHQVRUV DQG UHFHLYHU
EDWWHULHVWREHXVHGWRWKH76*WKURXJKD
KXEDVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR´5(/2&$7(µRQSDJHRI
WKH>6(1625@VFUHHQ7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQSENSOR : SET SLOTThis page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.

This procedure changes the slot No. of one
registered sensor.
Sensor slot change

104 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

3-way hubor Y-harnesses

76*

SENSOR

&RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUDQGUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\WR
EHFKDQJHGWRWKH76*WKURXJKDKXEDVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR´6(76/27µRQSDJHRI
WKH6HQVRU!VFUHHQ7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ$VHQVRUGHWDLOVVFUHHQDSSHDUV 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR ´/2$'µ DQG WRXFK WKH571EXWWRQ 7KH FXUUHQW VWDUW VORW LV GLVSOD\HG 0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH QXPEHU RI WKH VWDUW VORW DQGFKDQJHLWWRWKHGHVLUHGYDOXH（&DQQRWEH
VHWWRDVORWWKDWFDQQRWEHDOORFDWHGOLNHWKH
WDEOHRIDOOSDJHV） 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR ´:5,7(µ DQG WRXFK WKH571EXWWRQ5HFHLYHUV%DWWHU\DATA RESET

0RGHOPHPRU\VHWWLQJGDWDUHVHW

This function is designed to allow you to reset
trim settings or all of the settings saved in the activemodel memory. You may individually choose toreset the following data;

All model setting:Resets all Linkage and Model Menu functions
except for Frequency, Model Select, Low battery
voltage, and Model Type.
*If the Model Type selected is Glider, the motor function
channel is automatically reversed in the Reverse menu; allother channels remain normal.

T1~T4:
Reset the digital trim setting.
*The trim step amount and trim rate are not reset.

TELEMETRY:ŏ 6HOHFW >'$7$ 5(6(7@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

Reset the telemetry setting.

<SensorTouch™>

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRURETURN

Data resetting method
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR
UHVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV([HFXWHUHVHWE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQIRU
RQHVHFRQG 7RXFKWKH6EXWWRQWRFHDVH
UHVHWWLQJ
 >77@5HVHWVRQO\WKH77
 >$//02'(/6(77,1*@5HVHWVDOOWKHIXQFWLRQVLQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG 0RGHO PHQXH[FHSW WKH IUHTXHQF\ PRGHO VHOHFW DQGPRGHOW\SHIXQFWLRQV   >7(/(0(75<@ 5HVHWV RQO\ WKH WHUHPHWU\IXQFWLRQV<Functions of Linkage Menu> 105

MODEL MENU (COMMON FUNCTIONS)This section describes the D/R, program mixing,
and other functions common to all model types.
Before setting the model data, use the Model
Type function of the Linkage menu to select themodel type matched to the aircraft. If a different
model type is selected afterwards, the D/R, program
mixing, and other parameters are reset.
If either a helicopter or glider have been selected
DVWKHPRGHOW\SHWKHQWKHVSHFL¿FIXQFWLRQVLQWKH
0RGHOPHQXFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ,I
you want to switch the settings for each conditionby switch, stick position, etc., use the Condition

6HOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV 8SWR¿YH
conditions can be used)
Note: The T14SG is designed so that the airplaneand glider (including EP glider) model types
are compatible with aircraft of similar typewings.
This section outlines the relationship between
the functions common to airplanes andgliders, except some dedicated functions,and model type.
The setting menus will depend on the numberof servos and other differences according to
the wing type used. The setup screens in the
instruction manual are typical examples.

ŏ $FFHVV WKH PRGHO PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\WRXFKLQJWKH0'/EXWWRQWZLFHDWWKHKRPH
VFUHHQHWF
<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU

ŏ6 H O H F W  W K H  I X Q F W L R QQ D P H  D Q G  U H W X U Q  W RW K H  0 R G H O  P H Q X  E \
W R X F K L Q J  W K H R T NEXWWRQ 2U D HOME/
EXIT EXWWRQLVSXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURNŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR VHW DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571
EXWWRQ

**The Model menu screen depends on themodel type.

Model Menu functions (Common) listƔ6(5926HUYR WHVW DQG VHUYR SRVLWLRQ GLVSOD\ )RU D
description of its functions, see the Linkage Menu
section.)Ɣ&21',7,21 DSSOLFDEOHWRKHOLFRSWHUDQG
JOLGHUVHOHFWLRQV)OLJKW FRQGLWLRQV DGGLWLRQ GHOHWLRQ FRS\condition renaming, and condition delay can be set.
Ɣ'8$/5$7(
The D/R curve of a T14SG transmitter may be
DFWLYDWHG IURP D VZLWFK VWLFN SRVLWLRQ HWF )RU

106 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>

information on how to do so, please refer to the
Switch Setting Method located at the back of thismanual.
Ɣ352*0,;
The T14SG transmitter allows up to fivecompletely customizable program mixes.

CONDITION)OLJKW FRQGLWLRQ V VZLWFK DVVLJQPHQW FRS\ SULRULW\ FKDQJH DQGFRQGLWLRQGHOD\FDQEHVHW>H[FHSWDLUSODQHW\SH@

This function, in the Model menu, can be usedWRVZLWFKWKHVHWWLQJVRIXSWRÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVPlease note this is not applicable to airplane typeselections.
Note: To prevent accidental activation of any
XQXVHGÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQVGXULQJÁLJKWVHWWKH
switch setting of those unused conditions tonull [--].
ŏ $ &RQGLWLRQ 'HOD\ IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH VHW8QQHFHVVDU\IXVHODJHPRWLRQZKLFKPD\EH
JHQHUDWHGZKHQWKHUHDUHVXGGHQFKDQJHV

LQ WKH VHUYR SRVLWLRQV DQG ZKHQ WKHUH DUHYDULDWLRQV LQ WKH RSHUDWLQJ WLPH EHWZHHQ
FKDQQHOV GXULQJ FRQGLWLRQ VZLWFKLQJ 7KH
GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFKDQQHOWRHQVXUHPD[LPXPSHUIRUPDQFHIURP\RXUDLUFUDIW
:KHQVHWWLQJWKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQIRUDVSHFLÀFÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQWKHUHODWHGIXQFWLRQFKDQJHVDIWHU D GHOD\ FRUUHVSRQGLQJ WR WKH VHWDPRXQWŏ  , I  P X O W L S O H  F R Q G L W L R Q V  Z H U H  V H W   W K H L URSHUDWLRQDO SULRULW\ PD\ EH FXVWRPL]HG DV
GHVLUHG

ŏ 6HOHFW >&21',7,21@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ&XUUHQWO\VHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQQDPH<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHOPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN &RQGLWLRQQDPH

 &RQGLWLRQVZLWFK&RQGLWLRQVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQGHOHWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VZLWFK LWHP RI WKHFRQGLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR VHOHFWGHOHWH DQGDFFHVVWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21
GLUHFWLRQ)RUDGHWDLOHGGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH>6ZLWFK
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.

 6HOHFW WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ FRQGLWLRQ E\VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK VHQVRU 7KHQ WRXFK WKH571EXWWRQ*The current condition can not be selected for the copy
destination condition.

0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&23<@ LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $ FRQILUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV*The display blinks.

 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ IRU RQH VHFRQG DQGWKH FRS\LQJ LV FRPSOHWHG 7RXFK WKH 6
EXWWRQWRVWRSFRS\LQJ

&RQGLWLRQFRS\

3ULRULW\FKDQJH
6HWXSVFUHHQSDJH

0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6285&(@ LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKHFRS\VRXUFHFRQGLWLRQE\VFUROOLQJ
WKHWRXFKVHQVRU7KHQWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >'(67,1@ LWHP DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH SULRULW\ XSDUURZ RU
GRZQDUURZ\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 7KHSULRULW\RIWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJFRQGLWLRQLVFKDQJHG 7KH ODVW FRQGLWLRQ EHFRPHV WKHKLJKHVWSULRULW\*The Normal condition cannot be changed or moved, itspriority is always the lowest.

<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 107

&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJ

6HWXSVFUHHQSDJH

6HOHFWWKHFRQGLWLRQZKLFK\RXZDQWWRVHW
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH '(/$< LFRQ RI WKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVW WKH GHOD\ DPRXQW E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PD[LPXPGHOD\
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

108 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>

'8$/5$7(

7KHDQJOHDQGFXUYHRIHDFKVWLFNIXQFWLRQFDQEHVHW>$OOPRGHOW\SHV@Dual rate function is used to adjust the amountof throw and the operational curve of the stick
IXQFWLRQV DLOHURQ HOHYDWRU DQG UXGGHU  IRU HDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQRUXSWRUDWHVIRUHDFKIXQFWLRQ
)RUDLUSODQHW\SHLWLVDOVRSRVVLEOHWRDGMXVWWKH
operational curve of the throttle function.
This is normally used after the End Point
programming has been completed to define themaximum throw. When mixing is applied from one
channel to another channel, both channels can be
adjusted at the same time by adjusting the operation

rate through the dual rate function.
Neutral position of the dual rate curve can be
set.
'XDOUDWHFXUYHRI)/$3)/$3%877(5)/<
DQG &$0%(5 IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH VHW $LUSODQHGlider))/$3DQG%877(5)/<DUHJOLGHURQO\IXQFWLRQV
( ; 3 U D W H  V H W W L Q J  L V  Q R W  D O O R Z H G  L Q  W K H  ) / $ 3)/$3%877(5)/<DQG&$0%(5IXQFWLRQV,QGLYLGXDOVZLWFKVHWWLQJLVQRWDOORZHGLQWKH)/$3)/$3
DQG %877(5)/< &$0%(5 IXQFWLRQV &RQGLWLRQ
switching only)ŏ6HOHFW>'8$/5$7(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQŏ/HIWULJKW XSGRZQ UDWH>$LUSODQH@
ŏ2SHUDWLRQFXUYH OHIWULJKWXSGRZQŏ)XQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHOPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ1HXWUDOSRVLWLRQ&XUUHQWO\VHOHFWHGFLUFXLWŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
8SWR¿YHUDWHVIRUHDFKIXQFWLRQ>+HOLFRSWHUJOLGHU@

ŏ&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

ŏ&RQGLWLRQ0RGH
VHOHFWLRQ

ŏ6ZLWFKPRGH
VHOHFWLRQ<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 109

'XDOUDWHVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH)XQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IXQFWLRQ VHOHFWLRQ
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FLUFXLW  LWHP DQGDFFHVVWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ6HOHFWWKHVZLWFKDFWLYDWLRQPHWKRG DQG WKH DFWLYDWLRQ SRVLWLRQ LI
DSSOLFDEOH )RUDGHWDLOHGGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH>6ZLWFK
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.

/HIWULJKW XSGRZQ UDWHDGMXVWPHQW
3HUIRUPWKHVHWWLQJVEHORZDIWHUFKDQJLQJWRWKHFLUFXLWRU
condition you want to adjust.

 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHP\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
 5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU DGGLWLRQDO UDWH
DQGRWKHUIXQFWLRQVDVGHVLUHG
2SHUDWLRQFXUYH (;3FXUYH DGMXVWPHQW
3HUIRUPWKHVHWWLQJVEHORZDIWHUFKDQJLQJWRWKHFLUFXLWRU
condition you want to adjust.

 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH(;3LWHP\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
8VLQJWKH(;3FXUYHLVHIIHFWLYHWRVPRRWKHRUVRIWHQWKH
control inputs around center to avoid over-controlling themodel. This is often used for the ailerons, elevator andrudder and may be used with the throttle in the case of an
airplane selection to smoothe the engine controls as well.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
 5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUDOORWKHUUDWHVDQG
IXQFWLRQVDVGHVLUHG

110 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>

1HXWUDOSRVLWLRQDGMXVWPHQW
3HUIRUPWKHVHWWLQJVEHORZDIWHUFKDQJLQJWRWKHFLUFXLWRU
condition you want to adjust.

 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>17@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the neutral
position is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

3URJUDP PL[LQJ ZKLFK FDQ EH IUHHO\ FXVWRPL]HG 8S WR ILYH PL[LQJV
FDQEHXVHGIRUHDFKPRGHO>$OOPRGHOW\SHV@352*0,;

Programmable mixing may be used to correctundesired tendencies of the aircraft, and it may also be
XVHGIRUXQXVXDOFRQWUROFRQ¿JXUDWLRQV0L[LQJPHDQV
that the motion of a command channel, called the"master," is added to the motion of the mixed channel,
called "slave."<RXPD\FKRRVHWRKDYHWKH0DVWHU VWULPDGGHGWR
WKH6ODYHFKDQQHOUHVSRQVH 7ULPVHWWLQJ 7KHPL[LQJ

FXUYH /LQHDUSRLQW FDQEHFKDQJHG<RXPD\VHOHFW0L[LQJ212))VZLWFKFRQWURORU\RXPD\FKRRVHWR
have mixing remaining on all the time.
The Programmable mixing includes a powerful linkfunction, which allows Programmable mixing to belinked with the special mixing functions, or with otherprogrammable mixing functions. The link function canbe set up for Master and Slave channel individually.

ŏ6HOHFW>352*0,;@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHOPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ0L[

0L[VHWXSVFUHHQFDOO
ŏ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHPL[ZKRVHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWRDFWLYDWH
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQŏ0L[LQJUDWH /HIWULJKWXSGRZQ>/LQHDUFXUYH@

ŏ&XUYHVHOHFWLRQŏ&XUUHQWPL[1Rŏ2IIVHWUDWH ;<>SRLQWFXUYH@

ŏ&XUYHVHOHFWLRQ

ŏ3RLQWUDWH SRLQWŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

3URJPL[VHWWLQJSURFHGXUH

ŏ212))

Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU*The display blinks.

 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKHIXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGHŏ6ODYH&+ŏ0DVWHU&+ŏ/LQNVHWWLQJ
ŏ7ULPPRGHVHWWLQJ

7KHIXQFWLRQLVDFWLYDWHG 21RU2))GLVSOD\
212))VZLWFKDQGPL[UDWHDUHQRWVHWHYHQWKRXJKWKH
function is activated.

<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 111Ɣ212))VZLWFKVHWWLQJ

Ɣ7ULPPRGH212))VHWWLQJ

 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VZLWFK LWHP DQGDFFHVVWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21
GLUHFWLRQ :KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH WULP PRGH PRYH WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>75,0@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW212))E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU

)RUDGHWDLOHGGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH>6ZLWFK
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.
$OZD\VRQZKHQ>@Ɣ0DVWHUFKDQQHOVHWWLQJ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >0$67(5@ LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU*The display blinks.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRFKDQJHWKHIXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWROLQNWKLVPL[LQJZLWKRWKHUPL[HVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH OLQN PRGH HLWKHU >@ RU >@ E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU*The display blinks.

 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VHW WKH OLQN PRGHDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
*Check to ensure that the link mode is functioning properly
by operating the mix accordingly.
*Master channel control can be set to activate based on theamount of stick input, or VR input, neither of which include$79 '5 DQG PL[LQJ VHOHFWLRQ ,Q WKLV FDVH WKH VZLWFK
setup screen is displayed by touching the RTN button with
"H/W" selected in the function selection. Select master
FKDQQHOFRQWURO 7RWHUPLQDWHWKH+:VHOHFWLRQVHOHFW
WKH>@GLVSOD\DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQƔ6ODYHFKDQQHOVHWWLQJ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6/$9(@ LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU*The display blinks.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRFKDQJHWKHIXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWROLQNWKLVPL[LQJZLWKRWKHUPL[HVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKHOLQNPRGHWR>@RU>@E\VFUROOLQJ
WKHWRXFKVHQVRU*The display blinks.

 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VHW WKH OLQN PRGHDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
*Check the direction by actual operation.

112 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>*The display blinks.

 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH WULP
PRGH 212)) DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
PRGH
7RLQFRUSRUDWHWKHPL[LQJIURPWKHPDVWHUWULPVHOHFW>21@
,IWULPLVQRWGHVLUHGVHOHFW>2))@*Effective when a function is set in the master channel.

Ɣ/LQHDUFXUYHVHWWLQJ>5DWHVHWWLQJ@
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH PL[LQJ UDWH VHWWLQJLWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU DOO RWKHU UDWHV DV
GHVLUHG
>2IIVHWWLQJWKHFXUYHKRUL]RQWDOO\LQWKHYHUWLFDORUKRUL]RQWDOGLUHFWLRQ@ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >2))6@ VHWWLQJ LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVW WKH RIIVHW UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUWKHRWKHUGLUHFWLRQƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ>5DWHVHWWLQJ@
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHSRLQWUDWHVHWWLQJLWHP\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU HDFK SRLQW DV
GHVLUHG)8(/0,;'HGLFDWHG PL[LQJ XVHG WR DGMXVW WKH IXHO PL[WXUH RI DSSOLFDEOH
HQJLQHV>$LUSODQHKHOLFRSWHU@

Note: Initial settings does not assign fuel mix toany channel. Prior to utilizing the Fuel Mix
settings, select an unused channel on yourreceiver and assign it accordingly for the
mixture control. Additionally, please makeŏ 6HOHFW >)8(/ 0,;@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQGsure that your [Control] and [Trim] are set to
DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\null [--].
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ>$LUSODQHW\SH@

7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXWLOL]HGWRUH¿QHLQÀLJKWQHHGOH
adjustments of engines that offer mixture control
carburetors.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHOPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ1HHGOH KLJK WULPVHOHFWLRQ

ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJ$FFHOHUDWLRQ VHWWLQJ>+HOLFRSWHUW\SH@
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHFRS\IXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKH&23<LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHFRS\GHVWLQDWLRQFRQGLWLRQE\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH
571 EXWWRQ 6HOHFW WKH ><(6@ DQG WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQŏ(QJLQHFXWVHWWLQJ<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 113

6HWWLQJPHWKRG%HIRUHXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQDVVLJQWKH>)8(/0,;@IXQFWLRQWRDQXQXVHGFKDQQHOLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQX>)81&7,21@Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU*The display blinks.

 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKHIXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HG
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>0,;@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKHPL[LQJPRGH\RXZDQWWRFKDQJH
E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
*The display blinks.

 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH PRGHDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
:KHQ>0,;@LVVHOHFWHGDWWKH>0,;@LFRQWKHWKURWWOHFXUYHGDWDWKDWLVVHWEHFRPHVWKHPL[PDVWHU:KHQ>810,;@LV
selected, the throttle stick position becomes the master.

ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHSRLQWUDWHVHWWLQJLWHP\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKSRLQW

Ɣ1HHGOHKLJKWULPVHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH QHHGOH KLJK WULPVHOHFWLRQ LWHP DQG DFFHVV WKH VZLWFK VHWXSVFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571 EXWWRQ 6HOHFWWKHQHHGOHKLJKWULPOHYHU
)RUDGHWDLOHGGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH>6ZLWFK
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.

 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 75,0 UDWH LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVW WKH WULP UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is

114 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>

reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
*Needle high trim works as high trim based on the center.
:RUNVOLNH$7/WULP

Ɣ$FFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJ $LUSODQH*This function is used to adjust the needle/engine risecharacteristics during acceleration. This enables anacceleration function which temporarily increases the needle
operation from the throttle stick.
This function is used when there are symptoms of the
mixture being too lean or too rich, which would be
generated by sudden throttle stick inputs.

 >$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ 5$7( @$FFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHDGMXVWHGIRUERWKKLJKDQGORZVHWWLQJV >'DPSLQJUDWHVHWWLQJ '803,1* @7KHUHWXUQWLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQ 'XPSLQJ FDQEHVHW

 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHP\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
 >2SHUDWLRQSRLQWVHWWLQJ $&7326 @*The operation point at which the acceleration setting will
occur. If this point is exceeded, acceleration is performed.

 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7326@LWHP DQGKROG WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKH SRVLWLRQ \RXZDQW WR FKDQJH DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG
Note: When using the acceleration function,
since the needle stroke is large, adjust yoursettings so there is no binding of your linkage.

Ɣ(QJLQHFXWVHWWLQJ* Operation linked with the throttle hold function, throttle cut
function, and idle down function is possible. The throttle cut
position can be adjusted accordingly. Set it to the full closed
position.

 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH WKURWWOH FXW RU LGOH
GRZQ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVW WKH VHUYR SRVLWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH7+5&87,'/('2:1 $GMXVWPHQW UDQJH 7+5 &87 a ,'/(
'2:1a*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

MODEL MENU (AIRPLANE/GLIDER FUNCTIONS)
The dedicated mixes, etc. that are applicablewhen an airplane or glider model type is selected
are displayed in this Model menu functions
section. Prior to adjusting any of these mixes, etc.
use the Model Type function in the Linkage menu
to select the model type, wing type, and tail typematched to the aircraft. Other settings reset thedata used in mixing function, etc.
For glider, many dedicated mixes can be set
for each flight condition, as required. To switch
the settings for each condition by switch or stick

position, use the Condition Select function to add
flight conditions. (Up to five conditions can beused)
Note: The T14SG is designed so that the airplaneand glider model types can utilize aircraft of thesame wing type.
The functions common to airplanes and gliders, withthe exception of some dedicated functions, arewritten without regard to the model type.
While there may be differences, depending on thenumber of servos, etc. the wing type used, etc. thesetup screens in the instruction manual are typicalexamples.

ŏ $FFHVV WKH PRGHO PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\touching the MDL button twice at the home
screen, etc.

*The Model menu screen depends onthe model type.
<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or a HOME/
EXIT button is pushed.

RETURN

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJ
cursorŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ
you want to set andaccess the setup
screen by touching
the RTN button.

Model Menu functions list
PITCH CURVE
Compatible with VPP (Variable Pitch Propeller)
function. [Airplane, general]
THR CURVE
THR curve function adjusts the throttle operation
curve for optimum engine speed to throttle stick
movement. [Airplane/glider, general]
THR DELAY
THR-DELAY function is used to slow the
response of the throttle stick to simulate the slow
response of a turbine engine, etc. [Airplane,
general]AIL DIFFERENTIAL
The left and right aileron differential can be
adjusted independently. For glider, the differential

UDWHLQEXWWHUÀ\PL[LQJFDQEHDGMXVWHG
[Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]
FLAP SETTING
7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKÀDSFDQEHDGMXVWHG
independently for each servo according to the wing
W\SH>$LUSODQHJOLGHUÀDSVRUPRUH@
AIL to CAMB.FLP
7KLVPL[RSHUDWHVWKHFDPEHUÀDSVLQWKHDLOHURQ
mode. It improves the roll axis characteristics.
>$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVÀDSVRUPRUH@
AIL to BRKFLP
7KLVPL[RSHUDWHVWKHEUDNHÀDSVLQWKHDLOHURQ
mode. It improves the roll axis characteristics.
>*OLGHUÀDSV@<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 115

AIL to RUDThis mix is used when you want to coordinate
the rudder with aileron operation for banking atshallow angles. [Airplane/glider, general]
RUD to AILThis function is used when you want to mix
the ailerons with rudder input. Rudder is applied
GXULQJUROOLQJPDQHXYHUVVXFKDVNQLIHHGJHÀLJKW[Airplane/glider, general]
CAMBER MIXThis mix adjusts the camber and corrects theelevators. [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]
ELE to CAMBERThis mix is used when you want to the mix
FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRUWRLQFUHDVHWKHOLIWRIWKH
model. [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]
CAMB.FLP to ELEThis mix is used to correct for changes in attitude
when the camber flaps are utilized. [Airplane/
JOLGHUDLOHURQVÀDSRUPRUH@
BUTTERFLY (Crow)
This function is used to quickly slow the aircraft
and/or reduce the altitude. [Glider, 2 ailerons or
PRUH )O\LQJDLOHURQVÀDSRUPRUH @TRIM MIX
7KHDLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVDQGÀDSVWULPRIIVHWUDWH
can be accessed by selecting a switch or condition
selection as desired. [Glider, 2 ailerons or more]
AIRBRAKE

RUDDER 1
Winglet(at Flying wing)

AIL1(Main Aileron)

AIL 3(Chip Aileron)

FLP 3(Brake Flap)

FLP 1(Camber Flap)

V-TAILELEVATOR(RUDDER 2)

This function is used when airbrakes arenecessary when landing or when diving, etc. duringÀLJKW $LUSODQHDLOHURQVRUPRUH
GYRO
This is a dedicated mix when a GYA Series gyrois used. [Airplane/glider, general]
V-TAIL
This function incorporates the elevators andrudder input for use with V-tail models. [Airplane/
JOLGHU9WDLOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV@AILEVATOR (DUAL ELEVATOR)
This function adjusts the elevators and aileronsof models with elevator specifications. [Airplane/
JOLGHUDLOHYDWRUVSHFL¿FDWLRQV@WINGLETThis function adjusts the left and right ruddersof winglet models. [Airplane/glider, winglet
VSHFL¿FDWLRQV@
MOTORThis function adjusts the operation speed whenthe motor of an F5B or other such EP glider isstarted by a switch. [Airplane/glider, general]
RUD to ELEThis function is used to correct rolling maneuvers
VXFKDVNQLIHHGJHÀLJKW>$LUSODQHJHQHUDO@
SNAP ROLLThis function selects the snap roll switch andadjusts the amount of servo input. Servo speed canalso be adjusted. [Airplane general]

FLP 4(Brake Flap)

AIL 2(Main Aileron)

FLP 2(Camber Flap)

AIL 4(Chip Aileron)

AILVATORRUDDER(ELEVATOR 2)

116 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

ELEVATOR(AILERON 5)

RUDDER 2
Winglet(at Flying wing)

ELEVATOR 2(AILERON 6)

PIT CURVE>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO

This function adjusts the pitch curve for VPP(Variable Pitch Propeller) airplane.
*Up to 3 conditions can be set.
7KHSULRULW\LQFUHDVHVLQFRQGLWLRQĺĺRUGHUŏ6HOHFW>3,7&859(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.

NOTE: When VPP is not assigned to any
channel, the pitch curve is not displayed in
the model menu. In this case, assign VPP toany channel on the function screen.
<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN

ŏ&XUYHUDWH

ŏ&XUYHSRLQW

Setting method
Ɣ933FRQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
1. Move the cursor to the # button at the top
right side of the screen and touch the RTN
button to switch to the data input mode.
 6HOHFW WKH 933 FRQGLWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHtouch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to call the setting
screen and return to the cursor mode.
2. Move the cursor to the switch item andtouch the RTN button to access the selection
screen. Select the switch and set its ON
direction.
*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

 6HWWKH933FRQGLWLRQDQGVZLWFK
*The VPP conditions can also be checked in the HOME
screen.

button to switch to the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
1. Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571button to switch to the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
sensor.
 ,QLWLDO YDOXH 3   3  3  33 
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the curve
position is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.

ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
1. Move the cursor to the curve rate setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFKthe RTN button for one second.

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 117

THR CURVE>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO

This function adjusts the throttle curve for
optimum engine speed from throttle stick input.
*When throttle curve is set to ON when there is no throttle
function; this curve acts as the motor function.

ŏ6HOHFW>7+5&859(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.

NOTE: If this throttle curve function is activated,
you can not use the THR-EXP function within
the DUAL RATE function simultaneously.
<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN

ŏ&XUYHUDWH

ŏ&XUYHSRLQW

Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
mode.
Select the ON mode by scrolling the touch
sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate thefunction and return to the cursor mode.

ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
1. Move the cursor to the curve rate setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571button to switch to the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
1. Move the cursor to the curve point setting

118 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571button to switch to the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
sensor.
 ,QLWLDO YDOXH 3   3  3  33 
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the curve
position is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFKthe RTN button for one second.

THR DELAY>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO

THR-DELAY function is used to slow the
response of the throttle stick to simulate the slow
response of a turbine engine, etc.
*This function is the same as THR of servo speed. If it sets up
in great numbers, it overlaps and a THR servo becomes latefurther. Please do not let me overlap. Use either.

ŏ6HOHFW>7+5'(/$<@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.
RETURN

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

Setting method
Ɣ2SHUDWLRQVSHHG GHOD\ VHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >'(/$<@ LWHP DQGtouch the RTN button to switch to the data
input mode.
 $GMXVW WKH GHOD\ UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PD[LPXPGHOD\*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.)

Touch the RTN button to activate thefunction and return to the cursor mode.

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 119

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH

AIL DIFF.

The left and right aileron differential can be
adjusted independently.
)RUJOLGHUWKHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHLQEXWWHUÀ\PL[LQJ
can be adjusted.

ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ ',))@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
>$LUSODQH $) @AIL1(Main Aileron)
AIL 3(Chip Aileron)

AIL 2(Main Aileron)
AIL 4(Chip Aileron)*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the Model Type.
<SensorTouch™>
Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ$LOHURQOHIWULJKWDGMXVWPHQW>*OLGHU $) @(Currently selected condition name)

Setting method
Ɣ$LOHURQOHIWULJKWDGMXVWPHQW
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHDLOHURQ $,/ aOHIW RUULJKW VHWWLQJLWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
to switch to the data input mode.
 $GMXVW WKH DLOHURQ DQJOHV E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHtouch sensor when the stick is moved to the
OHIW RUULJKW HQG ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaƔ$LOHURQGLIIHUHQWLDODGMXVWPHQWLQEXWWHUÀ\mixing
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >%877(5)/< $'-867@
item and touch the RTN button to switch to
the data input mode.
 $GMXVW WKH GLIIHUHQWLDO UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHtouch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.)*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

120 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

FLAP SET.

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUÁDSVRUPRUH

7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKÀDS FDPEHUÀDSV
FLP1/2, brake flaps: FLP3/4) can be adjusted
independently for each servo according to thewing type.
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWRIHDFKÁDSFDQEH
offsetFLP 3(Brake Flap)
FLP 1(Camber Flap)

The camber flaps of a 4-flap model canbe mixed with the brake flaps. (BRKFLP to
CMBFLP)

FLP 4(Brake Flap)
FLP 2(Camber Flap)ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
ŏ 6HOHFW >)/$3 6(7@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS
screen shown below by touching the RTN button.

*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ 8 S   ' R Z QDGMXVWPHQW

ŏ2SHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFH
point offset

Setting method
Ɣ)ODSXSGRZQDGMXVWPHQW
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IODS )/3  a 8S RU
Down item according to the wing type andtouch the RTN button to switch to the data
LQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHWUDYHOLQGHSHQGHQWO\
by scrolling the touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

Ɣ5HIHUHQFHSRLQWDGMXVWPHQW
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >2))6(7@ LWHP DQGtouch the RTN button to switch to the data
LQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHRSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFH
point of each flap by scrolling the touch
sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH(Glider: Currently selected condition name) $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, thereference point is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKH%UDNH)/3WR&DPEHU)/3PL[LQJ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HG
To select a switch, move the cursor to the>6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FDOO
the selection screen. Select the switch and
VHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 121

AIL to CMBFLP>&RUUHVSRQGLQJ PRGHO W\SH@ $LUSODQHJOLGHU  DLOHURQV   IODSV RU
moreThis mix operates the camber flaps (FLP1/2)
in the aileron mode. When the aileron stickis manipulated, the ailerons and camber flaps
perform aileron operation simultaneously to
VLJQL¿FDQWO\LPSURYHWKHUROOD[LVŏ7KHDLOHURQOHIWULJKWPL[LQJUDWHRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR
FDQEHLQGHSHQGHQWO\DGMXVWHG
ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
ŏ/LQNLQJLVSRVVLEOH/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV

FLP 1(Camber Flap)
AIL1(Main Aileron)
AIL 3(Chip Aileron)

FLP 2(Camber Flap)
AIL 2(Main Aileron)
AIL 4(Chip Aileron)*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.

ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ WR &0%)/3@ DW WKH 0RGHO
menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN
button.

(Glider: Currently selected condition name)<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR

Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HGWhen selecting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IODS )/3  a OHIW
or right item according to the wing type
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH

122 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

Ɣ/LQNPRGHVHWWLQJ
When linking a mix, move the cursor to the>/,1.@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
switch to the data input mode. Select the
ON mode by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to set the link modeand return to the cursor mode.

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHUÁDSV

AIL to BRAKEFLP
This mix operates the brake flaps (FLP3/4)
in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick is
PDQLSXODWHGWKHDLOHURQDQGEUDNHÀDSVSHUIRUP
the aileron operation simultaneously and the rollaxis is improved.

FLP 3(Brake Flap)

ŏ 7KH DLOHURQ OHIW DQG ULJKW PL[LQJ UDWHV FDQ EH
DGMXVWHGVHSDUDWHO\IRUHDFKÁDSVHUYRŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV

FLP 4(Brake Flap)

AIL1(Main Aileron)
AIL 3(Chip Aileron)

AIL 2(Main Aileron)
AIL 4(Chip Aileron)*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.

ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ WR %5.)/3@ DW WKH 0RGHO
menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN
button.

(Currently selected condition name)<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR

Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HGWhen setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
to access the selection screen. Select the
VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21
DWVHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

Ɣ/LQNPRGHVHWWLQJ
To activate the mixing, move the cursor to
WKH>/,1.@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR
switch to the data input mode. Select the
ON mode by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to set the link modeand return to the cursor mode.

Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IODS )/3  a OHIW RU
right item and touch the RTN button to switch
WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ
rate independently by scrolling the touch<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 123

AIL to RUD>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO

Use this mix when you want to mix the rudders
with aileron operation. This allows the aircraft tobank at a steep angle.
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\ D
VZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG

AIL1(Main Aileron)
AIL 3(Chip Aileron)
RUDDER 1
Wingletat Flying wing

(

)

AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3(Chip Aileron)
RUDDER 2
Wingletat Flying wing()

V-TAILŏ  6 H O H F W  > $ , /  W R  5 8 ' @  D W  W K HModel menu and access the
setup screen shown below by
touching the RTN button.

RUDDER 2
RUDDERRUDDER(Glider: Currently selected condition name)<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN*The display screen is an example.
The actual screen depends on themodel type.

Setting method

Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW

Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ

Move the cursor to the left or right item
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HGWhen selecting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

124 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

RUD to AIL>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO

This function is used when you want to mix
the ailerons with rudder input. It is used whenrudder is applied during roll maneuvers suchas, knife edge flight. It can be used to turn orbank scale models, large models, etc. like a fullsize aircraft.
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HVŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQDOVREHDGMXVWHG
ŏ$SRLQWFXUYHFDQEHVHWDWDLUSODQHPRGHOW\SH(

AIL1(Main Aileron)
AIL 3(Chip Aileron)
RUDDER 1
Wingletat Flying wing

)

AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3(Chip Aileron)
RUDDER 2
Wingletat Flying wing()

V-TAILRUDDER 2
RUDDERRUDDERŏ 6HOHFW >58' WR $,/@ DW WKH 0RGHO
menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN (Glider: Currently selected condition name)button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN*The display screen is an example.
The actual screen depends on themodel type.

Setting method

Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW JOLGHU

Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ

Move the cursor to the left or right item
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HGWhen setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

Ɣ/LQNPRGHVHWWLQJ
To activate the link mixing, move the cursor
WRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
to switch to the data input mode. Select the
ON mode by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to set the link modeand return to the cursor mode.

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 125ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ DLUSODQH>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
1. Move the cursor to the curve rate setting
LWHP OHIWVLGH \RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
1. Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571button to switch to the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
sensor.
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the curve
position is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFKthe RTN button for one second.

126 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

CAMBER MIX>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH

This function adjusts the rate of camber
operation for the wing camber (ailerons, camber
flaps, brake flaps) in the negative and positive
directions. The aileron, flap, and elevator rates
can also be adjusted independently and attitudechanges caused by camber operation can becorrected.
ŏ 6HOHFW >&$0%(5 0,;@ DW WKH 0RGHO
menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN
button.

*Initial setting assigns camber operation to side lever LS.
ŏ 7KH XSGRZQ UDWHV RI WKH DLOHURQ IODS DQGHOHYDWRUVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHG:KHQWKHPL[LQJ
GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWVcan be made by changing the mixing rate
SRODULW\ RU ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJŏ$FRQGLWLRQGHOD\FDQEHVHW$FXWVZLWFKZKLFKFDQWXUQ2))WKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQFDQEHVHW
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN

ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\setting

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\
cut switch(Glider: Currently selectedcondition name)

ŏ$LOHURQUDWH
DGMXVWPHQWŏ)ODSUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW

ŏ(OHYDWRUUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 127

Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HGWhen setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

Ɣ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&21''(/$<@ LWHP
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHFRQGLWLRQGHOD\by scrolling the touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

When setting a cut switch, move the cursor
WR WKH >&876:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571button to access the selection screen. Select
WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V
21DWVHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

Ɣ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
 7KH UDWHV DUH DGMXVWHG E\ DFFHVVLQJ WKHDLOHURQÁDSDQGHOHYDWRUUDWHVFUHHQV
Move the cursor to the rate1 or rate2
item and touch the RTN button to switch
WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH UDWH
independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

FLP 4
FLP 3
(Brake Flap) (Brake Flap)
FLP 1
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)(Camber Flap)
AIL1
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)(Chip Aileron)
V-TAILELEVATORELEVATOR 2

128 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

AILVATORELEVATORELEVATOR 2

ELE to CAMBER>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH

This function is used when you want to mix the
FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG
the flaps are lowered by up elevator, and lift isincreased.
ŏ6HOHFW>(/(WR&$0%(5@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown below
by touching the RTN button.

ŏ,QÁLJKWPL[LQJFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\DVVLJQLQJWKLVWRDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ 7KH SRLQW WKDW KDV OLWWOH HIIHFW QHDU WKH QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ RI WKH HOHYDWRU VWLFN FDQ EH DGMXVWHG
*OLGHURQO\

1RWH7KHHOHYDWRURQWKHWDLOOHVVZLQJZLOODOVR
EHHIIHFWHGZKHQWKLVPL[LVDFWLYDWHG
(Glider: Currently selected condition name)<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN*The display screen is an example.
The actual screen depends on themodel type.

Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the up or down mixing
rate item for each servo and touch the RTN
button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVW WKH UDWH LQGHSHQGHQWO\ E\ VFUROOLQJthe touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HGWhen setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

Ɣ5DQJHVHWWLQJ *OLGHURQO\
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >5$1*(@ LWHP DQGhold the elevator stick to the desired position
XSSHURUORZHUVLGH DQGWKHQWRXFKWKH571
button for one second to set the range.
*The mixing does not work near neutral of the elevator stick.

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 129

CMBFLP to ELE>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH

When the camber/speed flaps are utilized,
the aircraft might experience, a change in pitch.
This mix compensates for such changes by
incorporating elevator input.

FLP 1(Camber Flap)

ŏ 7KH HOHYDWRU VHUYRV XSGRZQ UDWHV FDQ EH
DGMXVWHG VHSDUDWHO\ ,I WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV
UHYHUVHGFKDQJHWKHPL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\ RU² ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJAILVATOR

V-TAILELEVATOR

FLP 2(Camber Flap)

ELEVATOR 2

ELEVATORELEVATOR 2

ŏ 6HOHFW >&0%)/3 WR (/(@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQGaccess the setup screen shown below by touching
the RTN button.
(Glider: Currently selected condition name)<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ ( O H Y D W R U  U D W HDGMXVWPHQW

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH*The display screen is an
example. The actual screen
depends on the model type.

Setting method

Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW

Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ

 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH5$7(RU5$7(LWHP
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HGWhen setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

130 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

BUTTERFLY>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHU1RUPDODLOHURQVRUPRUH)O\LQJDLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH
& UHDWH PRUH OLIW WRZDUG WKH FHQWHU RI WKHZLQJDOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG

This function is utilized to quickly slow theaircraft and reduce altitude by simultaneously
raising the left and right ailerons and lowering theÀDSV FDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDS 
Butterfly (Crow) produces an extremely
HI¿FLHQWODQGLQJFRQ¿JXUDWLRQE\DFFRPSOLVKLQJthe following:ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJŏ 7KH SRLQW DW ZKLFK WKH EXWWHUIO\ RSHUDWLRQ
reference point can be offset.
ŏ 7KH RSHUDWLRQDO VSHHG RI WKH DLOHURQV DQG IODSVFDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG

1. Slow the aircraft’s velocity.
3URYLGH ZDVKRXW DW WKH ZLQJ WLSV WR UHGXFH
the tendency to tip stall.

*For a description of the setting method, see the ailerondifferential function.

ŏ6HOHFW>%877(5)/<@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.

*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
(Currently selected condition name)<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN

ŏ$LOHURQÁDSUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW

ŏ(OHYDWRUDGMXVWPHQW

ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ

ŏ%XWWHUÁ\RSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQW<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 131Ɣ(OHYDWRUFRPSHQVDWLRQFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW

Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HGWhen setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ

Offset point

2XWSXW <)L[HG ,QWHUPHGLDWHSRLQW
(QGSRLQW

Settable
Settable

3RVLWLRQ ;)L[HG RIIVHWSRVLWLRQ
Settable)L[HG* The range where mixing does not work close to the neutral
position of the elevator stick can be adjusted. (Glider only)*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

Ɣ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap orelevator rate item and touch the RTN button
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH
rate independently by scrolling the touch
sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQW UDQJH a (OHYDWRU
a
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

*When offset is set, the curve is initialized.

Ɣ5HIHUHQFHSRLQWDGMXVWPHQW
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >2))6(7@ LWHP DQGhold the airbrake stick to the desired position
and then touch the RTN button for one
second to set the butterfly operationalreference point.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH XSSHUVLGH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap orelevator speed item and touch the RTN
button to switch to the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PD[LPXPGHOD\*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.)

FLP 4
FLP 3
(Brake Flap) (Brake Flap)
FLP 1
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)(Camber Flap)
AIL1
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)(Chip Aileron)
V-TAILELEVATORELEVATOR 2AILVATORELEVATORELEVATOR 2

132 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

Touch the RTN button to activate thefunction and return to the cursor mode.

TRIM MIX>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH

This function adjusts the trim offset rates of the
DLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVDQGÀDSV FDPEHUÀDSVEUDNH
ÀDSV DFFRUGLQJWRWKHÀLJKWVWDWXVAs an example this function can be set up for
ODXQFKLQJZLWKVSHHGÀDSVDQGDLOHURQVGURRSHG
and a slight amount of up elevator, and can be
XVHGIRUKLJKVSHHGÀ\LQJZLWKERWKDLOHURQVDQG
speed flaps reflexed slightly, and a bit of down
elevator.
To prevent sudden trim changes when switchingÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDGHOD\FDQEHVHWWRSURYLGHD

smooth transition between the two conditions. It
is also possible to program a cut switch which
will turn off the delay.
Furthermore, you can set the auto switch, which
will link the trim mix to a stick, switch, or dial.
Additionally, the speed of the aileron, elevator,
DQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHG

ŏ 6HOHFW >75,0 0,;@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.

*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
(Currently selected condition name)<SensorTouch™>
Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ  $ L O H U R Q V   I O D S V   D Q Gelevators offset rateŏ 6 Z L W F Kselection
ŏ $LOHURQV IODSV DQGelevators servo speed
settingŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\setting

ŏ$XWRVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 133

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HGWhen setting a switch, move the cursor to
the switch item and touch the RTN button
to access the selection screen. Select the
VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21
DWVHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

Ɣ7ULPRIIVHWUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap orelevator rate item and touch the RTN button
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH
rate independently by scrolling the touch
sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

Ɣ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&21''(/$<@ LWHP
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHFRQGLWLRQGHOD\by scrolling the touch sensor.

*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
When setting a cut switch, move the cursor
WR WKH >&876:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571button to access the selection screen. Select
WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V
21DWVHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap orelevator speed item and touch the RTN
button to switch to the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PD[LPXPGHOD\*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.)

Touch the RTN button to activate thefunction and return to the cursor mode.

Ɣ$XWRVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
When selecting an auto switch, move the
FXUVRUWRWKH>$8726:@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
RTN button to access the selection screen.
Select the switch and set its ON direction.
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

FLP 4
FLP 3
(Brake Flap) (Brake Flap)
FLP 1
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)(Camber Flap)
AIL1
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)(Chip Aileron)
V-TAILELEVATORELEVATOR 2

134 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

AILVATORELEVATORELEVATOR 2

AIRBRAKE>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHDLOHURQVRUPRUH

This function is used to increase the aircraft's
drag and is useful for landing or diving, etc.
The preset elevators and flaps (camber flap,
brake flap) offset amount can be activated by aswitch.
The offset amount of the aileron, elevator, andflap servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the
VSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQ
be adjusted. If the Auto Mode is activated, thiswill link the Airbrake to a stick, switch, or dial. A
separate stick switch or dial can also be set as the
ON/OFF switch.

6HWWLQJH[DPSOHIRU)$DQGRWKHUÀDSHURQVSHFL¿FDWLRQV:KHQDLOHURQVPRGHOW\SHVHOHFWHG
Offset rate: $,/>a@$,/>a@(/(>a@
Note: The input numerics are examples. Adjust the travel tomatch the aircraft.
Mode setting: $&7>21@
 6ZLWFK>6:&@ $8726:>@ŏ6HOHFW>$,5%5$.(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
the setup screen shown below by touching the
RTN button.

*The display screen is an example. The
actual screen depends on the model type.

<SensorTouch™>
Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ  $ L O H U R Q V   I O D S V   D Q Gelevators offset rateŏ 6 Z L W F Kselection
ŏ $LOHURQV IODSV DQGelevators servo speed
setting

ŏ$XWRVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 135

Setting method

Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJƔ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ

Move the cursor to the aileron, flap orelevator speed item and touch the RTN
button to switch to the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PD[LPXPGHOD\

 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HGWhen setting a switch, move the cursor to
the switch item and touch the RTN button
to access the selection screen. Select the
VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21
DWVHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

Ɣ2IIVHWUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap orelevator rate item and touch the RTN button
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH
rate independently by scrolling the touch
sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.)

Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.

Ɣ$XWRVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
When setting a auto switch, move the cursor
WR WKH >$8726:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571button to access the selection screen. Select
WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V
21DWVHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

FLP 4
FLP 3
(Brake Flap) (Brake Flap)
FLP 1
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)(Camber Flap)
AIL1
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)(Chip Aileron)
V-TAILELEVATORELEVATOR 2

136 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

AILVATORELEVATORELEVATOR 2

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO

GYRO

Note: This setting does not assign a sensitivity
channel. To do so, use the Linkage menu
prior to assigning the sensitivity channel(Gyro/Gyro2/Gyro3), be sure to select anunused channel.
Set the [Control] and [Trim] settings other thanFunction to [--].

This function is used when a GYA Series gyrois used to stabilize the aircraft's attitude. The
sensitivity and operation mode (Normal mode/
AVCS mode) can be changed via a switch.
ŏ 7KUHH UDWHV 5DWH 5DWH 5DWH   FDQ EH
switched.
ŏ 8S WR  D[HV *\UR*\UR *\UR   FDQ EH
simultaneously controlled.

ŏ6HOHFW>*<52@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQG
access the setup screen shown below
by touching the RTN button.
>5DWHVHWXSVFUHHQ@(Active rate # display)<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ 5 D W H     V H W X Sscreen selectionŏ * \ U R  W \ S Hselection

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHŏ $&7,1+
ŏ 6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ>5DWHVHWXSVFUHHQ@ŏ 7KH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH $9&6125 and sensitivity of the three axis*\UR*\UR*\URFDQEHVHW

>5DWHVHWXSVFUHHQ@

Setting method*Prior to using the Function menu in the Linkage menu toassign the sensitivity channel (Gyro/Gyro2/Gyro3) select anunused channel.
Set [Control] and [Trim] other than function to [--].

Ɣ5DWHVHWXSVFUHHQVHOHFWLRQ
Move the cursor to the setup screen selection
item and touch the RTN button to switch
to the data input mode. Select the setup
screen # by scrolling the touch sensor.

Touch the RTN button to change the setup
screen and return to the cursor mode.

Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>,1+@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate thefunction and return to the cursor mode.

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 137

selection item and touch the RTN button
to switch to the data input mode. Selectthe operation mode by scrolling the touch
sensor.
 >$9&6@$9&6PRGH
 >1250@1RUPDOPRGH
Touch the RTN button to change theoperation mode and return to the cursor
mode.

When setting a rate selection switch, movethe cursor to the switch item and touch the
RTN button to access the selection screen.
Select the switch and set its ON direction.
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

Ɣ*\URW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
Move the cursor to the gyro type selection
item and touch the RTN button to switch to
the data input mode. Select the gyro typeby scrolling the touch sensor.
 >*<@:KHQD)XWDED*<$J\URLVXVHG
 >1250@ :KHQ XVLQJ VRPHWKLQJ RWKHU WKDQ)XWDED*<$J\URLVXVHG
Touch the RTN button to change the gyrotype and return to the cursor mode.

Ɣ6HQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJ
Move the cursor to the sensitivity icon andtouch the RTN button to switch to the data
input mode.
 $GMXVW WKH  VHQVLWLYLW\ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa*When a Futaba GYA gyro is used and [GY] type is selected,
the sensitivity set value is directly read in both the AVCS
and NORM modes.

*When the RTN button is touched for one second, thesensitivity is reset to the initial value.)

Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.

Ɣ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ *<$J\UR
Move the cursor to the operation mode([DPSOH 6HWWLQJWKUHHD[LVXVLQJD*<$DQG*<$ ŏ:LQJW\SH$LOHURQVHUYRVPRXQWHGIXVHODJHVHOHFWHG
ŏ6HW 5CH → GYRO *<$$,/  7CH → GYRO2 *<$(/(  8CH → GYRO3 *<$58'  CTRL
and TRIM → [--]DWWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJHPHQXŏ*<52VHWWLQJRIWKH0RGHOPHQX

Rate
#1
#2
#3

GYRO
GYRO ２
GYRO ３
AVCS : 60% AVCS : 60% AVCS : 60%

TYPE
GY

NORM : 60% NORM : 60% NORM : 60%

GY

ACT/INH
OFF/ON
INH
ON/OFF

SW
SE
SE*Set so that Rate 1 is turned on at the back position of switch E and Rate 3 is turned ON at the front position. Since
switch E is turned OFF at the center, Rate 2 remains [INH].
AVCS
GAIN 0％NORMAL

R7008SB

When AVCS is used werecommend that thesensitivity CH be set tothe 3-position.

GYA431

S.BUS/S.BUS2 port

Aileron servo

GYA431:KHQD6%86SRUWLV
XVHG56%&+0RGH
LVVHWWR0RGH%>'@

Elevator servo

GYA430Rudder servo

138 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>V-TAIL>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU9WDLO

This function enables adjustments for left andright rudder angle changes during elevator andrudder operation of a V-tail airplane.
V-tail is when two servos are used together tocontrol rudder movement as elevators. In addition
to each elevator side moving up and down together,each side moves in opposite directions when moving
as rudders. On a V-tail, this is also known as a
Ruddervator, as they serve the same purpose.

ELEVATOR(RUDDER 2)

RUDDER(ELEVATOR 2)

ŏ6HOHFW>97$,/@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQG
access the setup screen shown below
by touching the RTN button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.
RETURN(OHYDWRUIXQFWLRQ 8SDQGGRZQWUDYHODGMXVWPHQWRI
elevator operation

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

5XGGHUIXQFWLRQ
Left and right travel
D G M X V W P H Q W  R I  U X G G H Uoperation

Setting methodƔ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the item you want to
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.)

Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.
*If the mixing direction is reversed, adjustments can be madeby changing the mixing rate polarity (+ or -).
*If a large value of travel is specified, when the sticks are
moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out oftravel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs.

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 139

AILEVATOR>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU$LOHYDWRU(Effective only when 2 servos used at the elevators)

This function improves the performance of the rollaxis by operating the elevators as ailerons.
Ailevator is where each elevator in a standard(conventional) or v-tail moves independently, likeailerons on a wing. In addition to each elevator side
moving up and down together, each side moves in
opposite directions when moving as an Ailevator. On
a V-tail, this is also known as a Ruddervator, as they
can serve the same purpose. Typically, both Ailevatorand ailerons are coupled together to maximize roll
performance, especially on larger wingspan planes.

ELEVATOR(AILERON 5)

ELEVATOR 2(AILERON 6)

1RWH6HOHFW$LOHYDWRUDVWKH0RGHO7\SHDWWKH0RGHO
7\SHVFUHHQ7KLVFKDQJHVWKHRXWSXWFKDQQHO&KHFN
WKH)XQFWLRQPHQXŏ 6HOHFW >$,/(9$725@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.
RETURN(OHYDWRUIXQFWLRQ
ŏ 7KH XS DQG GRZQ UDWH RI ERWKelevators when the elevator stick
is moved can be individually
DGMXVWHG

Setting methodƔ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the item you want to
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH(/($,/ $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.)

Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.

140 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH$LOHURQIXQFWLRQŏ :KHQ WKH HOHYDWRUV DUH XVHG
as ailerons, aileron travel ofthe left and right elevators
FDQEHDGMXVWHG

*If the mixing direction is reversed, adjustments can be madeby changing the mixing rate polarity (+ or -).
*If a large value of travel is specified, when the sticks are
moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out oftravel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs.

WINGLET>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU)O\LQJZLQJRQO\

This function adjusts the left and right rudder
angles of airplanes with winglets.
Winglets are used to improve the efficiency ofaircraft by lowering the lift-induced drag caused by
wingtip vortices. The winglet is a vertical or angled
extension located at the tip of each wing.
Winglets work by increasing the effective aspectratio wing without adding greatly to the structuralstress and hence necessary weight of its structure- an extension of wing span would also permit
lowering of induced drag, though it would causeparasitic drag and would require boosting thestrength of the wing and hence its weight. There
would come a point at which no overall usefulgains would be made. A winglet helps to solve thisby effectively increasing the aspect ratio without
adding to the span of the wing.

RUDDER 1
Winglet(at Flying
wing )RUDDER 2
Winglet(at Flying
wing )

ŏ 6HOHFW >:,1*/(7@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.
RETURN

Setting methodƔ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

5XGGHUŏ7KHWUDYHOGXULQJUXGGHUVWLFNRSHUDWLRQFDQEHLQGLYLGXDOO\DGMXVWHG

Move the cursor to the item you want to
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.)

Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.
*If the mixing direction is reversed, change the mixing rate
polarity (+ or -).

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 141

MOTOR>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO

This function lets you set the speed when the
motor of an F5B or other EP glider is started via
a switch. The operation speed can be set for two
ranges, slow speed flight and high speed flight(Speed 1/Speed 2). This function can also be
operated as a safety function by programming it toa switch.
ŏ 7KH ,Q VLGH DQG 2XW VLGH RSHUDWLQJ VSHHGV FDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGHSHQGHQWO\LQUDQJHV 6SHHG
6SHHG 
ŏ7KHERXQGDU\EHWZHHQWKHUDQJHVFDQEHVHW)URP6SHHGWR6SHHG
ŏ 7KH RSHUDWLRQDO VSHHG FDQ RQO\ EH DFWLYDWHG DW
WKH LQLWLDO RSHUDWLRQ +RZHYHU RSHUDWLRQ FDQ EH
UHSHDWHGE\VHWWLQJWKHVZLWFKWR2))EHIRUHWKH
RSHUDWLRQLVÀQLVKHG:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHVHWRQH

ŏ 6HOHFW >02725@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.

WLPHRSHUDWLRQVHWWKH$&7,1+LWHPWR>,1+@DQG
WKHQUHVHWLWWR>21@
ŏ7KHPRWRUFKDQQHOLVFRQWUROOHGE\6:* *OLGHU,QLWLDO VHWWLQJ  :KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH VZLWFK RU VWLFNZKLFKFRQWUROVWKHPRWRUÀUVWFKDQJH)XQFWLRQRI
the Linkage menu.
ŏ,IWKH0RGHO7\SHVHOHFWHGLV$LUSODQHWKH02725
IXQFWLRQ LV FKDQJHG IURP ,1+ WR 21 DQG LW LV QRWassigned to another channel, the changes fromthe throttle channel to the motor channel areenabled.

Note: Initial setting does not assign a motor
channel according to the model type. Prior to
DVVLJQLQJWKHPRWRUFKDQQHOÀQGDQXQXVHG
channel. Then, use the Function menu of the
Linkage menu.
Set [Control] to the switch you want to use
and [Trim] to [--].
Note: When using this function, always checkthe initial operation with the propeller
removed.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.
RETURN

Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
When using this function, move the cursor to
WKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
to switch to the data input mode. Select the>$&7@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKthe RTN button.
 :KHQVHOHFWLQJWKH212))VZLWFKPRYHWKH
cursor to the switch item and touch the RTN
button to access the selection screen. Select
WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V
21DWVHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

Ɣ0RWRURIISRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02725 2))@ LWHP
and touch the RTN button for one second
ZKHQWKHPRWRUIXQFWLRQVZLWFK 6*HWF LVLQWKHPRWRU2))SRVLWLRQ\RXZDQWWRVHW7KH
direction of the motor switch is memorized.

142 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

7KH VFUHHQ JUDSK GLVSOD\ 2)) GLUHFWLRQ DOVR
changes.
Note:ŏ)LUVWGHFLGHWKHPRWRU2))GLUHFWLRQDQGWKHQ
set the speed. When you want to reset the
motor OFF direction, also reset the speed.
ŏ :H UHFRPPHQG WKDW 0RWRU 2)) EH VHW LQ
combination with F/S.
ŏ 6HW WKH EDVLF RSHUDWLRQ GLUHFWLRQ ZLWK WKH
Reverse function to match the ESC used.
ŏ$OZD\VVHWWKH0RWRU2))SRVLWLRQƔ6WDUWVZLWFKIXQFWLRQŏ212))GLUHFWLRQŏ 0RWRU IXQFWLRQ VZLWFK
current position

Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPRWRUVSHHGIXQFWLRQ
When using motor speed function, move the
FXUVRU WR WKH >,1+@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571button to switch to the data input mode.
6HOHFWWKH>$&7@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
and touch the RTN button.

Ɣ6LIWLQJWKHERXQGDU\EHWZHHQWKHUDQJHV
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>63(('!@LWHPDQG
touch the RTN button to switch to the data
input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHERXQGDU\SRVLWLRQE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.)

Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.

Ɣ2SHUDWLRQVSHHGDGMXVWPHQW
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>,1@ RQWRRII RU>287@
RIIWRRQ LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR
switch to the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHRSHUDWLRQVSHHG\RXZDQWWRVHW
by scrolling the touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa:KHQ DFWLYH WKH 67$57 6: DOORZV WKHPRWRU VVWDWHWRFKDQJHIURP2))WR217KH
PRWRU LV 21 ZKHQ WKH PDLQ 6: DQG 67$57
6:DUHWXUQHG21VLPXOWDQHRXVO\7KHPRWRU
FKDQJHV WR 2)) RQO\ ZKHQ WKH PDLQ 6: LV
WXUQHGRII,I67$576:LVWXUQHG2))EXWWKH
main SW is still ON, the motor remains ON.
[START SW function example]
When the throttle (motor) stick is assigned as the "START SW",and the low throttle position of the throttle curve is adjusted, themotor starts operating with the initial stick movement. The motor
will not cease functionality even if the stick position is returned toit's lowest setting.

Ɣ7ULPHIIHFWLQYDOLGVHWWLQJLQPRWRU2)),I RQH RI WKH WULP OHYHUV LV DVVLJQHG WR WKH
Motor function, it is possible to turn the
motor off with the trim lever. To maintain
FRPSDWLELOLW\ DIWHU XSGDWLQJ WKH 76*6
WKHWULPVHWWLQJLVDGMXVWHGWRWKHRQSRVLWLRQ+RZHYHULWLVVXJJHVWHGWRUHWXUQLWWRWKHRII
position accordingly in the programming of
the transmitter.
*Data Reset will return the trim setting to the off position.

Ɣ6FUHHQDWWKHWLPHRIWKHPRWRU2))VHWWLQJ:KHQ WKH 02725 2)) VHWWLQJ LV KLJKOLJKWHG
you will note the presence of the small cursor
WKDW LQGLFDWHV WKH 02725 2)) SRVLWLRQ  7R
DGMXVW WKLV 02725 2)) SRVLWLRQ XVH WKHthrottle stick to move the cursor accordingly.
When satisfied with this position, press andhold the RTN button on the transmitter.
*The larger cursor is used to indicate the output of the motor
FKDQQHO7KLVFXUVRUUHÀHFWVDQ\WKURWWOHFXUYHVDQGPRWRU
mixing which may be active.

*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.)

Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.

Ɣ6HW5HVHWWKHRQHWLPHRSHUDWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>21(7,0(@LWHPDQG
touch the RTN button to switch to the data
input mode.
 6HOHFWWKH>$&7@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
and touch the RTN button to set the one time
operation.
* When you want to reset one time operation, set the ACT/INH item to [INH] and then reset it to [ON].

Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYHEXWWRQ:KHQ &859( EXWWRQ LV FKRVHQ D WKURWWOH
curve screen opens.
*When a throttle function is assigned to either channel, the"CURVE" button is not displayed because a throttle curve
does not function as a motor curve.

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 143

RUD to ELE>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO

This function is used when you want to mix
elevator operation with rudder operation. It is used
to correct undesirable tendencies when rudder isapplied in rolling maneuvers such as, knife edgeÀLJKW

ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJŏ/LQNPL[LQJFDQEHVHW/LQNVWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HVŏ 6HOHFW >58' WR (/(@ DW WKH 0RGHO
menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN
button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN

Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HGWhen selecting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ DLUSODQH>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
1. Move the cursor to the curve rate setting
LWHP OHIWVLGH \RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFKthe RTN button to switch to the data input
mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

144 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
1. Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571button to switch to the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
sensor.
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the curve
position is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFKthe RTN button for one second.

Ɣ/LQNPRGHVHWWLQJ
When selecting the link mixing, move the
FXUVRU WR WKH >/,1.@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571button to switch to the data input mode.
Select the ON mode by scrolling the touch
sensor.
*The display blinks.

Touch the RTN button to set the link modeand return to the cursor mode.

SNAP ROLL>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO

This function selects the switch and rateadjustment of ailerons, elevators, and rudder whena snap roll is performed.

(Example) Setting example for F3A
ŏ0RGH>0DVWHU@ŏ6DIHW\6:>6*@ 6DIHW\PHDVXUH
ŏ0DVWHU6:>6+@ 0DLQVZLWFKIRUH[HFXWLQJ
VQDSUROO
ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHVŏ )RXU VQDS UROO GLUHFWLRQV FDQ EH VHW 5LJKWXSULJKWGRZQOHIWXSOHIWGRZQŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH:KHQ>0DVWHU@PRGHLVVHOHFWHG
WKH 6QDS 5ROO IXQFWLRQ LV WXUQHG 212)) E\ WKHPDVWHU VZLWFK  ,W LV SRVVLEOH WR VHW WKH GLUHFWLRQ
switch was switched to the direction in which you
ZDQWWRVQDSUROO:KHQ>6LQJOH@PRGHLVVHOHFWHG
the snap roll in each direction can be executedby means of independent switches and positions.

*The snap roll up side left and right and down side left and right
direction switches are selected here.
5LJKW8S2))>6'@
5LJKW'RZQ2))>6'@/HIW8S2))>6$@/HIW'RZQ2))>6$@ŏ $ VDIHW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHW WR SUHYHQW WKHLQDGYHUWHQW DFWLYDWLRQ RI WKH VQDS UROO )RU
example, the landing gear is lowered, even if
the switch is turned on accidentally the snap rollwould not be executed. The snap roll switch is
DFWLYDWHGRQO\ZKHQWKHVDIHW\VZLWFKLV2))

ŏ6HOHFW>61$352//@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Modelmenu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button ispushed.
RETURN

Scrollingŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ 0DVWHUVLQJOH PRGH
selection

ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHV<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 145

Setting method
Ɣ0DVWHUVLQJOHPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQGtouch the RTN button to switch to the data
input mode. Select the master or single
mode by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The display blinks.

 >0$67(5@0DVWHUPRGH
 >6,1*/(@6LQJOHPRGH
Touch the RTN button to select the modeand return to the cursor mode.
When setting a master switch, move the
FXUVRU WR WKH >0$67(56:@ LWHP DQG WRXFKthe RTN button to access the selection
screen. Select the switch and set its ON
direction.
*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

When setting a safety switch, move the
FXUVRUWRWKH>6$)(7<6:@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
RTN button to access the selection screen.
Select the switch and set its ON direction.

Ɣ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
Move the cursor to the direction switch item
and touch the RTN button to access theselection screen. Select the switch and set its
ON direction.
*For a description of the switch selection method, see thedescription at the back of this manual.

Ɣ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the aileron, elevator or
rudder item for each direction and touch the
RTN button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVW WKH UDWH LQGHSHQGHQWO\ E\ VFUROOLQJthe touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDO YDOXH 'HSHQGHQW XSRQ WKH VQDS UROOGLUHFWLRQ $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate isreset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

146 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

MODEL MENU (HELICOPTER)
This section contains information on thecommands that apply to helicopters only. For
instructions on Airplanes and Sailplanes, refer tothe sections pertaining to those aircraft.
Use the Model Type function in the Linkage
Menu to select the swash type matched to therespective aircraft.
Also, activate/deactivate flight conditions
according to your model. To do so, access at theCondition Select screen prior to adjusting the
PRGHO VSDUDPHWHUV 8SWR¿YHFRQGLWLRQVFDQEH
used)
The Dual Rate function and other functions
FRPPRQ WR DOO PRGHO W\SHV KDYH DOUHDG\ EHHQ
GHVFULEHGHOVHZKHUHLQWKLVPDQXDO3OHDVHUHIHUWR
these respective sections for information on how to
do so.

ŏ $FFHVV WKH 0RGHO PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQWZLFHDWWKHKRPH
VFUHHQHWF
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHOPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ \RXZDQW WR VHW DQG DFFHVVW K H  V H W X S  V F U H H Q  E \WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ

Model Menu functions (helicopter) list
PIT CURVE:$GMXVWVSLWFKVHWWLQJVLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVTHR CURVE:7KURWWOHFXUYHDQGKRYHULQJWULPDGMXVWPHQWLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
THR HOLD: Moves the throttle to idle during autorotation
SWASH MIX:&RPSHQVDWHVFRQWUROUHVSRQVHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
THROTTLE MIX: Compensates for power loss when cyclic applied
PIT to NEEDLE:$GMXVWVSLWFKUHVSRQVHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
PIT to RUD: Compensates torque changes from pitch angle inputs
GYRO: Used to switch gyro sensitivity
GOVERNOR:8VHGWRVZLWFK530RIWKHKHOLFRSWHU¶VKHDG<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 147

PIT CURVE/PIT TRIM
Pitch Curve
This function adjusts the pitch operation curvefor each flight condition to optmize the model's
performance in relationship to the throttle stick position.
ŏ6HOHFW>3,7&859(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQ$VLPSOHFXUYHFDQEHFUHDWHGE\UHGXFLQJWKHQXPEHURILQSXWSRLQWVWRWZRRUWKUHHDQGWKHQHQWHULQJWKHVSHFL¿HG
value at the corresponding points.
(Currently selected condition name)<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHOPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏFXUYHUDWHŏFXUYHSRLQW

Setting methodƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH UDWH VHWWLQJLWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDO YDOXH 3  3  3  33
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU HDFK SRLQW DV
GHVLUHG
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH SRLQW VHWWLQJLWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDO YDOXH 3   3  3  33 
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHFXUYH
position is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU HDFK SRLQW DV
GHVLUHG
>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@*The graph display includes the pitch
trim operation.

ŏ3LWFKFXUYHFRS\
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH SRLQW VHWWLQJLWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG

Ɣ3LWFKFXUYHFRS\IXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR&23<DQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH
6HOHFW WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ FRQGLWLRQ E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQ 6HOHFW WKH ><(6@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQ

Normal curve adjustment)RU QRUPDO FXUYH FUHDWH D EDVLF SLWFK FXUYH FHQWHUHG
DERXWKRYHULQJ8VHWKLVIXQFWLRQWRJHWKHUZLWKWKH7+5
Curve (Normal) function and adjust the curve so that up/
GRZQFRQWUROLVEHVWDWDFRQVWDQWHQJLQHVSHHG

Idle up curve adjustment*For the high side pitch curve, set the maximum pitch
so that it does not overload the engine. For the low side
pitch curve, create curves matched to loop, roll, 3D, andother purposes and use the idle up curves according to theperformance.

Throttle hold curve adjustment*The throttle hold curve is used when executing auto
rotations.

Operation precautions

Warning
When actually starting the engine and flying,always set the idle up condition switch to OFF
and start the engine at idle.

148 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

Curve setting examples
7KHVFUHHQVVKRZQEHORZDUHFXUYHVFUHDWHGE\entering the pitch rate at low, center, and high side (3points or 5 points) at each condition.

When actually creating a curve, input the rate
VSHFL¿HGE\WKHPRGHO RUWKHUHIHUHQFHYDOXH 

Ɣ3LWFK Curve ([ample
Normal Curve

Idle-up 1 Curve

Idle-up 2 Curve

Hold Curve

Pitch Trim (Hovering pitch, high pitch, low pitch)>+RYHULQJSLWFKWULPVHWWLQJ@

Hovering pitch trim

Setting method

7KH+RYHULQJ3LWFKWULPIXQFWLRQWULPVWKHSLWFK
near the hovering point. Normally, it is used with
WKHKRYHULQJFRQGLWLRQ7KHKRYHULQJSLWFKFDQEH
¿QHWXQHGIRUFKDQJHVLQURWRUVSHHGDFFRPSDQ\LQJ
FKDQJHVLQWHPSHUDWXUHKXPLGLW\DQGRWKHUÀLJKW
conditions. Adjust the hovering pitch so that
URWRUVSHHGLVFRQVWDQW7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQEHXVHG
WRJHWKHUZLWKWKH+RYHULQJ7KURWWOH7ULPIXQFWLRQfor more precise operation.

ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7>21@ LQLWLDOVHWWLQJŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE 6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH/' LQLWLDOVHWWLQJŏ 7KH WULP RSHUDWLRQ PRGH 0RGH &750
1250 FDQEHVHOHFWHG
 CTRM mode: 0D[LPXP DPRXQW RI FKDQJH
Q H D U  F H Q W H U  E \  F H Q W H U  W U L P  R S H U D W L R QUHFRPPHQGHG
 N O R M m o d e :  1 R U P D O  W U L P  S D U D O O H OPRYHPHQW WULP  RSHUDWLRQ 7KH DGYDQWDJH
RIXVLQJWKLVPRGHLVWKDWWKHKRYHULQJSLWFK
FDQ EH DGMXVWHG ZLWKRXW FKDQJLQJ WKHFXUYH
ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKHRSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH 5DQJH VHWWLQJ
 :KHQWKLVYDOXHLVPDGHVPDOOWULPFDQRQO\
EHXVHGQHDUWKHFHQWHU

<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 149

>/RZ+LJKSLWFKWULPVHWWLQJ@High Pitch/Low Pitch Trim

Setting method+LJK 3LWFK/RZ 3LWFK7ULP LV WKH SLWFK VHUYR
high side and low side trim function.

ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7 21 ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQREV 6HOHFWLRQ H[DPSOH /6 KLJK VLGH  56 ORZVLGH
ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKHRSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
ŏ7ULPDFWVDVKLJKVLGHRUORZVLGHWULPZLWKWKH
FHQWHUDVWKHVWDQGDUG

150 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

THR CURVE/THROTTLE HOVER TRIM
Throttle Curve
Throttle curve function adjusts the throttle
operation curve for each condition to optimize theengine speed to throttle stick movement.
7KH7KURWWOH +RYHU IXQFWLRQ WULPV WKH WKURWWOH
near the hovering point. Normally, use it withhovering conditions. Changes in rotor speed
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5&859(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQG
DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ

accompanying changes in the temperature,
KXPLGLW\ DQG RWKHU IOLJKW FRQGLWLRQV FDQ EH
trimmed. Adjust the throttle so that rotor rotation is
PRVWVWDEOH0RUHSUHFLVHWULPPLQJLVDOVRSRVVLEOHE\XVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQDORQJZLWKWKH+RYHU3LWFK
function.
(Currently selected condition name)*The graph display includes the throttle
hover trim operation.
<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHOPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURNŏFXUYHUDWHŏFXUYHSRLQW

Setting methodƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH UDWH VHWWLQJLWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH3333
3
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU HDFK SRLQW DV
GHVLUHG
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH SRLQW VHWWLQJLWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDO YDOXH 3   3  3  33 
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHFXUYH
position is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKSRLQWDVGHVLUHG

ŏ7KURWWOHFXUYHFRS\>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH SRLQW VHWWLQJLWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG

Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYHFRS\IXQFWLRQ
 0RYH WKH &23< LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH
6HOHFW WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ FRQGLWLRQ E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQ 6HOHFW WKH ><(6@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQ

Normal curve adjustment
1RUPDO FXUYH FUHDWHV D EDVLF FXUYH FHQWHUHG DURXQG
hovering. Use it along with the normal pitch curve andadjust so that up/down control results in a constant engine
speed.

Idle up curve adjustment*Set a idle up curve that maintains a constant speed at all
times, even during operation which reduces the pitch
SHUIRUPHGLQÀLJKW&UHDWHDFXUYHPDWFKHGWRORRSUROO
3D, or other purposes and the idle up curve according to
the performance.

Operation precautions

Warning
When actually starting the engine and flying,always set the idle up condition switch to OFF
and start the engine at the idle.

<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 151

Curve setting examples
7KHFXUYHVVKRZQEHORZDUHFUHDWHGE\LQSXWWLQJthe data of the 5 points 0% (low side), 25%,50% (center), 75%, 100% (high) side for eachcondition. When actually creating a curve, enter the
SDUDPHWHUVVSHFL¿HGSHUWKHPRGHO RUWKHUHIHUHQFH
value).

Ɣ7KroWWle Curve ([ample
Normal Curve

Idle-up 1 Curve

Idle-up 2 Curve

Throttle Hover trim
>7KURWWOHKRYHUWULPVHWWLQJ@

Setting methodŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7 >21@  LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE 6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH5' LQLWLDOVHWWLQJŏ 7KH WULP RSHUDWLRQ PRGH 0RGH &750
1250 FDQEHVHOHFWHG
 CTRM mode: 0D[LPXP UDWH RI FKDQJH
Q H D U  F H Q W H U  E \  F H Q W H U  W U L P  R S H U D W L R QUHFRPPHQGHG
 N O R M m o d e : 1 R U P D O  W U L P  K R U L ] R Q W D OPRYHPHQWWULP RSHUDWLRQŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKHRSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHVHW
ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH 5DQJH VHWWLQJ
 :LWK VPDOOHU YDOXHV WKH WULP LV RQO\ DFWLYHQHDUWKHFHQWHU

152 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

Throttle limiter function
This function limits the high range of the throttle
PRYHPHQWE\DQ\VOLGHURUWULPPHU

>7KURWWOHOLPLWHUVHWWLQJ@&RQWUROZKLFKDGMXVWVWKHOLPLWSRLQWGXULQJÀLJKWFDQEHVHW+LJKVLGHRSHUDWLQJUDQJHVHWWLQJ

Setting method*Set at the 3rd page of the throttle curve screen.

$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ6HOHFW$&7DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 6ZLWFK WKH GLVSOD\ WR $&7 E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
 ,1+,QKLELW
 $&7$FWLYDWH
 (QWHU WKH VHOHFWLRQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571EXWWRQ212))VZLWFKVHWWLQJ
6HOHFW6:DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7KH +: 6(7 VFUHHQ LV GLVSOD\HG 6HOHFW WKHKDUGZDUHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
When "CTRL" is set as a "RS" side slider.
The state of full high of a throttle stick.

HIGH
6%

Throttle
Position
Restriction“RS”Position

Full

LOW

Restriction

Full

Slow
Restriction

In "INH", the halfway
point of "HIGH" and"LOW".

*A gauge is displayed at the left side of the graph.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH/RZVLGHRSHUDWLQJUDQJHVHWWLQJ
6HOHFW/2:DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ $GMXVW WKH ORZ VLGH RSHUDWLQJ UDQJH E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU*A gauge is displayed at the left side of the graph.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH/LPLWHURSHUDWLQJUDQJHDGMXVWPHQWFRQWURO
setting6HOHFW&75/DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7KH +: 6(7 VFUHHQ LV GLVSOD\HG 6HOHFW WKHKDUGZDUHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
7KH WKURWWOH OLPLWHU RSHUDWLQJ SRVLWLRQ LV LQGLFDWHG E\ Ddotted line on the graph.
*When limiter operating range adjustment control is NULL,
the throttle limiter function is not performed.

Slow

CENTER

6HOHFW+,*+DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ $GMXVW WKH KLJK VLGH RSHUDWLQJ UDQJH E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUFull&KDQJLQJWKHFRQWUROFHQWHUSRVLWLRQ
6HOHFW&(17(5DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQG&(17(5FKDQJHVIURP,1+WR´UDWHGLVSOD\µ :KHQ WKH &(17(5 UDWH LV FKDQJHG WKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIWKHKDUGZDUHVHWDW&75/
FDQEHDGMXVWHG
:KHQ&(17(5LV,1+WKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQEHFRPHVWKH
LOW intermediate value.

Slow:KHQ&(17(5LVFKDQJHGIURP,1+WR³UDWHGLVSOD\´WKH
CENTER rate is set to the LOW intermediate value.
7KH&(17(5UDWHFDQEHVHWEHWZHHQ+,*+DQG/2:

<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 153

THR HOLD
This function sets the throttle cut position forauto rotation. The throttle servo operating speed
FDQEHDGMXVWHG 6SHHG

Note: Initially, this setting does not assign thethrottle hold switch. Prior to adjusting theparameters for the throttle hold, we suggest
designating a throttle hold switch. To do so,access the Condition menu within the Modelmenu options.

ŏ6HOHFW>7+5+2/'@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHOPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHRETURN

ŏ6HUYRVSHHG

ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQ
ŏ&XUUHQWSRVLWLRQ

ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ

Setting method

Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ

Ɣ+ROGFRQGLWLRQVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHVHUYRVSHHGLWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PD[LPXPGHOD\

 8VHWKH&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWPHQXRIWKH0RGHOPHQXWRDVVLJQWKHKROGFRQGLWLRQVZLWFK 6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH6*

Ɣ+ROGSRVLWLRQDGMXVWPHQW
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH KROG SRVLWLRQ LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa+ROGSRVLWLRQVHWVWKHWKURWWOHFXWSRVLWLRQ$GMXVWLWVRWKDWWKHFDUEXUHWRULVFRPSOHWHO\FORVHG
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH

Operation precautions

Warning
When actually starting the engine and flying,always set the idle up condition switch to OFF
and start the engine at idle.

154 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

SWASH MIX

Example of use

The swash mix function is used to correct theswash plate in the aileron (roll) direction andelevator (cyclic pitch) corresponding to each
operation of each condition.
This function allows the independent rateadjustments for the ailerons, elevator and pitch.
ŏ6HOHFW>6:$6+0,;@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQŏ$VDQH[DPSOHXVHVZDVKPL[LQJWRFRUUHFWXQGHVLUDEOHUROOWHQGHQFLHVŏ)RUDFRQGLWLRQZKLFKXVHV$,/WR(/(VHWWKLVIXQFWLRQWR21 ,IWKHIURQWRIWKHKHOLFRSWHUUDLVHVGXULQJDULJKWUROOZKHQWKH5DWHVLGHLVLQSXWDQG
WKH ULJKW DLOHURQ LV RSHUDWHG WKH HOHYDWRUPRYHVWRWKHGRZQVLGH7XQHE\DGMXVWLQJ
WKH5DWH )RUOHIWUROODGMXVWWRWKH5DWHVLGH
(Currently selected condition name)<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHOPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN

ŏ&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

Setting method

Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
0L L
W GM

Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ

 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHPL[LQJUDWHLWHP\RX
ZDQW WR FRUUHFW DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH
UDWH LQGHSHQGHQWO\ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

 :KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG >6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ@ :KHQ>>@@LVVHWWKHVZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQLV DOZD\V DFWLYH DQG RSHUDWHG E\ PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ :KHQVHWWLQJDQ>21@>2))@VZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRU WR WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ 6HWWKHVZLWFKDQGLWV21SRVLWLRQ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGHƔ7ULPPRGH212))VHWWLQJ
 :KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH WULP PRGH PRYH WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>75,0@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW212))E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV

 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH WULP
PRGH 212)) DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
PRGH
*When mixing includes master side trim, select [ON] andwhen mixing does not include master trim, select [OFF].

<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 155

THROTTLE MIXThis function corrects slowing of engine speed
FDXVHG E\ VZDVK SODWH RSHUDWLRQ GXULQJ DLOHURQ
or elevator operation. The method of applying
clockwise or counterclockwise torque when
SLURXHWWLQJFDQDOVREHFRUUHFWHG
ŏ 6HOHFW >7+5277/( 0,;@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ

Setting example
ŏ $,/ WR 7+5 PL[LQJ FRXQWHUDFWV WKH ODJ LQ
HQJLQH530 VZKHQDQDLOHURQLQSXWLVJLYHQ
WR WKH KHOLFRSWHU (QJLQH RYHUVSHHGLQJ
FDQ EH DGMXVWHG LQGHSHQGHQWO\ IRU WKHULJKWDLOHURQDQGOHIWDLOHURQLQSXWVXWLOL]LQJ
5DWHVDQG
(Currently selected condition name)<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHOPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN

ŏ&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
 :KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG >6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ@ :KHQ>>@@LVVHWWKHVZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQLV DOZD\V DFWLYH DQG RSHUDWHG E\ PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ :KHQVHWWLQJDQ>21@>2))@VZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRU WR WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ 6HW WKHVZLWFKDQGLWV21SRVLWLRQ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDOUDWH LQGHSHQGHQWO\ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Ɣ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHWWLQJ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV &750PRGH:&RUUHFWVQHDUWKHFHQWHURQO\ /,1PRGH&RUUHFWVWKHFRPSOHWHUDQJH
 7 R X F K  W K H  5 7 1  E X W W R Q  W R  F K D Q J H  W K HRSHUDWLRQ PRGH DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
PRGH

Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHPL[LQJUDWHLWHP\RX
ZDQW WR FRUUHFW DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH

156 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

PIT to RUD mixing (Revolution mixing)
Use this mix when you want to suppress the
UHDFWLRQWRUTXHJHQHUDWHGE\PDLQURWRUSLWFKDQG
speed changes during pitch operation. Adjust sothat the nose does not move in the rudder direction.

Note: When a GY Series or other heading holdgyro is used, since correction is performed by
the gyro, this mix is not utilized. If this function
is used when the gyro operation mode is the
AVCS mode, the neutral position will change.

ŏ6HOHFW>3,7WR58'@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV(Currently selected condition name)
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH571EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHOPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN

Setting method<Normal condition mixing curve>

Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
 :KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH 21 LV
GLVSOD\HGƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH UDWH VHWWLQJLWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH3a3
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
 5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKSRLQW

Ɣ3LWFKFXUYHFRS\IXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR&23<LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ FRQGLWLRQ E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQ 6HOHFW WKH ><(6@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571EXWWRQ

 7KH PL[LQJ FXUYH UDWH VKRXOG EH VWDUWHGXVLQJVPDOOHUYDOXHV )RU D URWRU ZLWK D FORFNZLVH RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQZKHQSLWFKZDVLQSXWDWWKHSOXVVLGH VHW WKHVH SDUDPHWHUV VR WKDW PL[LQJ
LV LQ WKH FORFNZLVH GLUHFWLRQ )LUVW WULP DW
KRYHULQJ DQG WKHQ DGMXVW WKH QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ$GMXVWPHQWEHWZHHQVORZDQGKRYHULQJ
 5HSHDWHGO\ KRYHU IURP WDNH RII DQG ODQG
DW D FRQVWDQW UDWH PDWFKHG WR \RXU RZQUK\WKP 7KHQ DGMXVW WKH SLWFK VR WKDW WKH
QRVH RI WKH KHOLFRSWHU UHPDLQV VWHDG\ZKHQWKHWKURWWOHLVUDLVHGDQGORZHUHG
7KURWWOHKLJKVLGH FOLPELQJDQGGLYLQJIURPKRYHULQJ
 5HSHDW FOLPELQJ DQG GLYLQJ IURP KRYHULQJ
DW D FRQVWDQW UDWH PDWFKHG WR \RXU RZQUK\WKPDQGDGMXVWWKHSLWFKVRWKDWWKHQRVH
GRHV QRW GHIOHFW ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH LV UDLVHG
DQGORZHUHG

<Idle up condition mixing curve>
 6HW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH VR WKDW WKH UXGGHU GLUHFWLRQDWKLJKVSHHGÁLJKWLVVWUDLJKWDKHDG$GMXVWIRU
HDFKFRQGLWLRQXVHG

<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 157

GYRO mixing
This function used to adjust gyro sensitivity.
The sensitivity and operation mode (Normal mode/$9&6PRGH FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ
7KHJ\URVHQVLWLYLW\FDQEHVZLWFKHGZLWKHDFK
condition or the switch. (5 sensitivities)&RPSDWLEOHZLWKD[LVJ\UR &*< 

Note: When using the [Gyro2]/[Gyro3] function,
assign [Gyro2]/[Gyro3] to any channel on thefunction screen.
Always set to [--] both (Control) and (Trim) for
the [Gyro] function at the Function menu in
the Linkage menu.

ŏ6HOHFW>*<52@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHOPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN

ŏ7KHHGLWFRQGLWLRQVFDQEH
FKDQJHGE\WRXFKLQJWKH
6EXWWRQ

ŏ7KHHGLWUDWHFDQEHFKDQJHGE\RSHUDWLQJ
WKHHGLWUDWHEXWWRQ
*When the rate switching setting of all the gyros is³&21'´WKHHGLWUDWHEXWWRQLVQRWGLVSOD\HG*When the rate switching setting of
DOOWKHJ\URVLV³6ZLWFK´WKHHGLW
conditions are not displayed.

ŏ:KHQWKH*<52IXQFWLRQEXWWRQLVVHOHFWHGHDFK *<52 GHWDLOHG VHWWLQJ VFUHHQDSSHDUVŏ6HWXSVFUHHQVHOHFWLRQ(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ&RQGLWLRQ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

ŏ*\URW\SHVHOHFWLRQ >*<@>1250@

ŏ21 LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ

ŏ0RGHVHOHFWLRQŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV  >$9&6@>1250@
ŏ*\URVHQVLWLYLW\DGMXVWPHQW

158 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

Setting method

(;$03/(!5XGGHUJ\URJDLQLVFKDQJHGZLWKDVZLWFK 6) LUUHVSHFWLYHRIFRQGLWLRQƔ*\URW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH J\UR W\SH VHOHFWLRQ
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH 6HOHFW WKH J\UR W\SH
E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU >*<@:KHQD)XWDED*<J\URLVXVHG
 >1250@:KHQRWKHUWKDQ)XWDED*<J\URLV
XVHG
 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH J\UR
W\SHDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

*HQHUDOO\ JDLQ LV LQWHUORFNHG ZLWK FRQGLWLRQDQGFKDQJHVDUDWH
+ R Z  W R  F K D Q J H  W Z R  U D W H V  L Q  W K H  V D P HFRQGLWLRQKHUH
 6HOHFW >*<52@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQGDFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ:KHQD)XWDED*<J\URLVXVHGDQG>*<@W\SHLVVHOHFWHG
WKHVHQVLWLYLW\VHWYDOXHLVGLUHFWO\UHDGLQERWKWKH$9&6
and NORM modes.

Ɣ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ *<J\UR 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH
VHOHFWLRQ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQWR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH 6HOHFWWKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU >$9&6@$9&6PRGH
 >1250@1RUPDOPRGH
 7 R X F K  W K H  5 7 1  E X W W R Q  W R  F K D Q J H  W K HRSHUDWLRQ PRGH DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
PRGH

Ɣ6HQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVW WKH  VHQVLWLYLW\ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&21'@ LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ6HOHFWWKH>6:@7RXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

QXPEHUVKRZVWKHSUHVHQWVZLWFKVWDWH,Q
WKHVWDWHRIDFXUVRULVPRYHGWR>@DQG
571LVSXVKHG

>6)@LVFKRVHQE\>+:6(/(&7@DQGWKHQDWRSLVWXUQHG21

:KHQ WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKHsensitivity is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGHƔ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >@ LWHP DQG WRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ
VFUHHQ6HOHFWWKHFRQWURO
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVW WKH WULP UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa:KHQ WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKHsensitivity is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH >7<3( *<@ DQG >5$7(@ RI D VWDWH RI  6)
WRSDUHVHWXS

SF : Top = #1

● 7KHQXPEHURID6:VWDWH,WLVDVHWXSRI0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
>@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
DFFHVVWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ6HOHFWWKH>@
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH

<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 159

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ>6)@LVFKRVHQE\>+:6(/(&7@DQGWKHQDERWWRPLVWXUQHG21WKH571EXWWRQ >7<3( *<@ DQG >5$7(@ RI D VWDWH RI  6)
ERWWRPDUHVHWXS

SF : Bottom = #2

● 7KHQXPEHURID6:VWDWH,ISRVLWLRQVZLWFKLVFKRVHQWKHFKDQJHRIUDWHVFDQEH
performed.
&RPELQHGXVHRIWZRRUPRUHVZLWFKHVFDQQRWEHSHUIRUPHG

160 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

GOVERNOR mixing:KHQ XVLQJ D )XWDED *9*<&*<
JRYHUQRUWKLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRVZLWFKWKH530
of the helicopter's rotor head. The rotor head speed
FDQEHVZLWFKHGZLWKHDFKFRQGLWLRQRUWKHVZLWFK
7KH JRYHUQRU LV XVHG E\ FRQQHFWLQJ WKH JRYHUQRU VSHHG
VHWWLQJFKDQQHOWR&+ LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ *When using an independent governor [ON]/[OFF] switch,connect the AUX([ON]/[OFF]) connector of the governor to&+DQGVHWWKHVZLWFKWR&+ *RYHUQRU DWWKH)XQFWLRQ
menu of the Linkage Menu.

Note: Always set (Control) and (Trim) to [--]
for [Governor] of the Function menu of the
Linkage menu.

ŏ6HOHFW>*29(5125@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571
EXWWRQ

ŏ6HWXSVFUHHQVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ&RQGLWLRQ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ(Currently selected condition name)ŏ$&7,1+,1+ LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHOPHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L VSXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

RETURN

ŏ8QLWGLVSOD\VHOHFWLRQ >@>USP@

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJVŏ530DGMXVWPHQW

Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
 :KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH >,1+@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG:KHQ WKH *RYHUQRU LV FKDQJHG IURP WKHGHIDXOW LQKLELWHG ,1+  VWDWH WR WKH DFWLYH
$&7  VWDWH WKH HQGSRLQW PHQX ZLOO EH
GLVSOD\HG DQG LW LV SRVVLEOH WR XWLOL]H WKHHQGSRLQWVIRUWKLVJLYHQFRQGLWLRQ

8VH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK WR VFUROO WR HLWKHU <(6LQFRUSRUDWH WKH GHIDXOW HQGSRLQWV  RU 12
HQGSRLQWVDUHQRWXWLOL]HG3UHVVWKH5HWXUQ
571 EXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKHVHOHFWLRQPDGHƔ530DGMXVWPHQW
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUSPE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH USP
 $ G M X V W P H Q W  U D Q J H   2 ) )    a      2 ) ) aUSP:KHQ WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKHsensitivity is reset to the initial value.) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH
*When the function is set ON/OFF at the governor setup
screen, the governor rpm setting channel end point servo
travel and limit point are now initialized.
:KHQFKDQJHGIURP,1+WR$&7 21 WKHVHUYRWUDYHOLV
initialized to 100 and the limit point is initialized to 155.
:KHQ RSHUDWLRQ LV FKDQJHG WR ,1+ DW DOO FRQGLWLRQV WKH
servo travel is initialized to 100 and the limit point isinitialized to 135.

Ɣ8QLWGLSOD\VHOHFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH81,7LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH6HOHFWWKHXQLWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU 7 R X F K  W K H  5 7 1  E X W W R Q  W R  F K D Q J H  W K HRSHUDWLRQ PRGH DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
PRGH

<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 161

Ɣ'LSOD\PRGHVHOHFWLRQ:KHQ >USP@ PRGH LV VHOHFWHG DERYH VHWWLQJ WKH GLVSOD\
PRGHFDQEHVHOHFWHG
* There is no change in the transmitter output even when the02'(LVFKDQJHG&DOLEUDWLRQVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGYLD
the governor.
,QRUGHUWRXVHWKH*RYHUQRUIXQFWLRQRIWKH76*LWLV
necessary to change the settings on the governor for the low
side 700 rpm mode.

:KHQ WKH 02'( RI WKH *RYHUQRU VFUHHQ VPRGHOPHQXLVFKDQJHGWKHFKDQJHLVDOVRLQGLFDWHGRQVFUHHQ

The chart below indicates the mode percentage andthe corresponding RPM.

MODE

0％

50％

<EXAMPLE>RPM rate is changed with a
VZLWFK 6) LUUHVSHFWLYHRIFRQGLWLRQ*HQHUDOO\ 530 UDWH LV LQWHUORFNHG ZLWKFRQGLWLRQDQGFKDQJHVDUDWH
+ R Z  W R  F K D Q J H  W Z R  U D W H V  L Q  W K H  V D P HFRQGLWLRQKHUH
 6HOHFW >*29(5125@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQXDQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&21'@ LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ6HOHFWWKH>6:@7RXFKWKH
571 EXWWRQ WR UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH
$QG>,1+@LVVHWWR>$&7@

100％ 110％

1000-2000rpm 1000rpm 1500rpm 2000rpm 2100rpm
1000-2500rpm 1000rpm 1500rpm 2500rpm 2700rpm
1000-3500rpm 1000rpm 1500rpm 3500rpm 3900rpm
700-2000rpm 700rpm 1500rpm 2000rpm 2100rpm
700-2500rpm 700rpm 1500rpm 2500rpm 2700rpm
700-3500rpm 700rpm 1500rpm 3500rpm 3900rpm

QXPEHUVKRZVWKHSUHVHQWVZLWFKVWDWH,Q
WKHVWDWHRIDFXUVRULVPRYHGWR>@DQG
571LVSXVKHG

Ɣ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >@ LWHP DQG WRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ
VFUHHQ6HOHFWWKHFRQWURO
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHPDQGWRXFKWKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVW WKH WULP UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU ,QLWLDOYDOXH USP
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa aUSP:KHQ WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKHsensitivity is reset to the initial value.)>6)@LVFKRVHQE\>+:6(/(&7@DQGWKHQDWRSLVWXUQHG21

 >02'(@ DQG >5$7(@ RI D VWDWH RI  6)
WRSDUHVHWXS
SF : Top = #1 ● 7KHQXPEHURID6:VWDWH

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH ,W LV D VHWXS RI  0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR
WKH >@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQWR DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ 6HOHFW WKH
>@7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH$QG>,1+@LVVHWWR>$&7@

162 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ>6)@LVFKRVHQE\>+:6(/(&7@DQGWKHQDERWWRPLVWXUQHG21WKH571EXWWRQ >02'(@ DQG >5$7(@ RI D VWDWH RI  6)
ERWWRPDUHVHWXS

SF : Bottom = #2

● 7KHQXPEHURID6:VWDWH,I  SRVLWLRQ VZLWFK LV FKRVHQ  UDWH FKDQJHV FDQ EH
performed.
&RPELQHGXVHRIWZRRUPRUHVZLWFKHVFDQQRWEHSHUIRUPHG<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 163

7LPHUVHWWLQJTIMER ST1/ST2

The Timer function may be set for any desiredtime, i.e. engine run time, specified times forcompetitions, etc. Two independent timers areprovided for your use. The timers are stored
independently with each model, meaning thatwhen you switch between model setups, the timer
associated with the new model is brought up
automatically.
The timers may be set to start and stop from the
motion of any switch or stick. You may set the ON and
OFF directions freely. Each timer has a capacity of up
to 59 minutes 59 seconds.
Each timer may be set for count-down (DOWN
mode) or count up (UP mode) operation with atarget time or for count up to 99 hours 59 minutes(HOUR mode).
If a target time is set and the timer reaches the set
time, a buzzer sound for each count is generated.
Countdown timers sound one short beep during
the last twenty seconds and two short beeps during
the last ten seconds before reaching the target, thena long tone at the target time, and continue counting
with displaying a minus (-) sign. Count-up timers
also beep the last twenty and ten seconds, beep thetarget time, and keep counting upwards until shutdown.
A mode which sounds an alarm each minute of
the time remaining up to the timer alarm time canbe selected.
The HOUR mode is convenient when used inengine maintenance period and other long-term
measurements.
* When the HOUR mode is set, "xx (hour): xx (minute)"
is displayed on the count time display. Seconds are notdisplayed.
* When the HOUR mode is set, ":" blinks each second during
timer operation.
* When the HOUR mode is set, the alarm function is
inhibited.

ŏ6HOHFW 67 RU 67 DW WKH KRPH VFUHHQ DQG
FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH KRPH
VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTNEXWWRQ 2UD HOME/
EXIT EXWWRQLVSXVKHG

RETURN"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3
TYPE 4164 <Appendix>

6FUROOLQJŏ0RYLQJFXUVRUŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXHTimer setting

7LPHURSHUDWLRQ

Ɣ8SWLPHUGRZQWLPHUVHWWLQJ

ŏ 7LPHU 67 DQG 67 DUH VWDUWHGVWRSSHG E\
SUHVHOHFWHGVWDUWVWRSVZLWFKŏ 7R UHVHW D WLPHU RSHUDWH WKH SUHVHOHFWHG
UHVHWVZLWFKRUPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5(6(7@
GLVSOD\ RQ WKH WLPHU VFUHHQ DQG WRXFK WKH571EXWWRQ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKHPRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ >83@8SWLPHU
 >'2:1@'RZQWLPHU
 >+285@+RXUPRGHWLPHU

Ɣ7LPHUWLPHVHWWLQJ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >$/$50@ LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HWWKHWLPHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 >@>@>PLQ@>VHF@
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Ɣ6ZLWFKVHWWLQJ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHLWHPRIWKHVZLWFK\RX
ZDQWWRVHWDFFHVVWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQ
E\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ6HOHFWWKHVZLWFK
DQG21GLUHFWLRQ
[For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] located on the next page.] >67$57@6WDUWVZLWFK
 >6723@6WRSVZLWFK >5(6(7@5HVHWVZLWFKƔ0HPRU\VHWWLQJ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>0(025<@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKHPRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ >2))@0HPRU\IXQFWLRQ2))
 >21@0RGHZKHUHWKHWLPHULVQRWUHVHWZKHQWXUQHGSRZHURIIDQGVZLWFKHGWKHPRGHOƔ$PRGHZKLFKVRXQGVDQDODUPHDFKPLQXWH
FDQEHVHOHFWHG
 &KDQJHWKHVHWWLQJXVLQJWKHÇEXWWRQ RU
ÈEXWWRQ Ç $ODUP VRXQGV HDFK PLQXWH RI WKH WLPHHODSVHG IURP WLPHU VWDUW &RQYHQWLRQDO
PRGHÈ $ODUP VRXQGV HDFK PLQXWH RI WKH WLPHUHPDLQLQJXSWRWKHDODUPWLPH

<Appendix> 165

6ZLWFK6HWWLQJ0HWKRG
The various functions used in the T14SG canbe activated by a switch. For the purposes of thismanual, a stick position, VR position, etc. shall becommonly referred to as a switch in all cases. Thatis, whenever the manual indicates that something is
operated via a switch, it is possible for the user toactivate this setting via a stick, stick position, etc.

6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
When a switch is selected at a mixing function, etc., the selection screen shown below is called.
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQH[DPSOH

6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ:KHQVWLFNWULPOHYHURUNQREVHOHFWHG

8VH WKH WRXFK VHQVRU WR PRYH WKH FXUVRUKLJKOLJKWV  WR WKH VZLWFK \RX ZDQW WR
VHOHFWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ

When a stick, trim lever, or knob is used as aswitch, two operation modes can be selected:*The switch blinks.

7RUHWXUQWRWKHSUHFHHGLQJVFUHHQPRYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>+:6(/(&7@DWWKHWRS
RIWKHVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 2UPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>212))@DQG
FDOOWKH212))SRVLWLRQVHWWLQJVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ:KHQVZLWFKLVVHOHFWHG
When switch was selected, ON/OFF position
setting is also performed.

 :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH WKH PRGH
PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR >02'(@ LWHP DQGWRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWD LQSXW PRGH 6ZLWFK WKH GLVSOD\WR WKH PRGH \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWKHQPDNH
WKHFKDQJHE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ ŏ0RGH>/,1@>6<0@*Set the ON/Off point by the method described on the next page.

$OWHUQDWHPRGHVHWWLQJ*The ON/OFF setting state of each position is displayed.

 :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH WKH 212))
VHWWLQJXVHWKHWRXFKVHQVRUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFK
WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH 6ZLWFK WKH 21
2IIGLVSOD\E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU*ON/OFF display blinks.

:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKH212)) VHWWLQJ LV FKDQJHG 7RXFK WKH 6
EXWWRQWRVWRSWKHFKDQJH
7RUHWXUQWRWKHSUHFHHGLQJVFUHHQPRYH
WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >212))@ DW WKH WRS RI
WKHVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ

166 <Appendix> ŏ$/7(51$7(PRGH>2))@>21@
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >$/7(51$7(@ LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
&KDQJH WR WKH PRGH \RX ZDQW WR VHW E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU*The mode display blinks.

7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RXFKWKH6EXWWRQWRVWRSWKHFKDQJH
7R UHWXUQ WR WKH SUHFHHGLQJ VFUHHQ PRYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>212))@DWWKHWRSRIWKH
VFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ2SHUDWLRQPRGHV
The operation modes available when stick, trim
lever, or knob was selected are described below.

6KLIWLQJWKH212IISRLQWThe ON/OFF point can be shifted. ON/OFF ata free position can be changed.

/LQHDUPRGH>/,1@

ŏ%ODFNUDQJH2))UDQJH
ŏ:KLWHUDQJH21UDQJH

This mode sets ON/OFF to the left or right (upor down) with the set point as the reference.
6\PPHWULFDOPRGH>6<0@[Setting method] )LUVW XVH WKH WRXFK VHQVRU WR PRYH WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>326@LWHP0RYHWKHVWLFNWULPOHYHURUNQREWRWKH
SRLQW\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQ7KHSRLQWLVVKLIWHG
7RUHWXUQWRWKHSUHFHHGLQJVFUHHQPRYH
WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >212))@ DW WKH WRS RI
WKHVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ

Left and right (up and down) operations are
symmetrical near the neutral position. For instance,
when you want to switch D/R with the aileron
stick, when the stick is moved to the left or right,
DR can be turned on at the same position.

<Appendix> 167

/RJLFVZLWFK &RQGLWLRQ6HOHFWIXQFWLRQRQO\
The logic switch function lets you turn operation on and off by combining two switches.
/RJLFPRGH
 $1' :KHQ ERWK VZLWFKHV DUH 21 WKHFRQGLWLRQLV21
 25:KHQHLWKHUVZLWFKLV21WKHFRQGLWLRQ
LV21
 (;25 :KHQ WKH WZR VZLWFKHV DUH LQ
GLIIHUHQWVWDWHVWKHFRQGLWLRQLV21

6ZLWFKPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6,1*/(@ LWHP DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH >/2*,&@ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFKVHQVRU*[LOGIC] display blinks.

7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WR WKHORJLFVZLWFKPRGH
/RJLFVZLWFKVHWWLQJVFUHHQ/RJLFPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH ORJLF PRGH LWHP
DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH ORJLF PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKHWRXFKVHQVRU>$1'25RU(;25@*The mode display blinks.

7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WR WKHORJLFPRGH

6ZLFKVHOHFWLRQ
6HOHFWWKHULJKWDQGOHIWVZLWFKUHVSHFWLYHO\
5HIHU WR WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH SUHYLRXVSDJH 7R UHWXUQ WR WKH SUHFHHGLQJ VFUHHQ PRYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:,7&+@DWWKHWRSRIWKH
VFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQFUTABA CORPORATION Phone: +81 475 32 6982, Facsimile: +81 475 32 6983
1080 Yabutsuka, Chosei-mura, Chosei-gun, Chiba-ken, 299-4395, Japan©FUTABA CORPORATION

168 <Appendix>

2012, 12 (2)